Class 8

Students can refer to BSE Odisha Class 8 Math Solution and Ganita Prakash Chapter 4 Quadrilaterals Class 8 Question Answer to understand textbook questions step by step.

Class 8 Maths Chapter 4 Quadrilaterals Solutions

Ganita Prakash Class 8 Chapter 4 Solutions

Class 8 Maths Ganita Prakash Chapter 4 Solutions Quadrilaterals

1. RECTANGLES AND SQUARES
Figure it Out : Page : 94

Question 1.
Find all the other angles inside the following rectangles.

Solution:

∠1 + ∠9 = 90° …. (All corner angles of a rectangle are 90°)
∠1 + 30° = 90°
∠1 = 90° – 30°
∠1 = 60°
∠1 = ∠5 = 60° … (Alternate interior angles)
∠9 = ∠4 = 30° … (Alternate interior angles)
In ΔAOB, OA = OB, then the angles opposite them are equal
∴ ∠9 = ∠7 = 30°
∠7 = ∠3 = 30° … (Alternate interior angles)
In ΔAOD, OA = OD, then the angles opposite them are equal
∴ ∠2 = ∠1 = 60°
∠2 = ∠6 = 60° … (Alternate interior angles)
In ΔAOB
∠9 + ∠7 + ∠AOB = 180° … (Sum of angles of a triangle)
30° + 30° + ∠AOB = 180°
60° + ∠AOB = 180°
∠AOB = 180° – 60°
∠AOB = 120°
∠AOB = ∠COD = 120° … (Vertically opposite angles)
∠AOB + ∠AOD = 180° … (Linear pair)
120° + ∠AOD = 180°
∠AOD = 180° – 120°
∠AOD = 60°
∠AOD = ∠BOC = 60° … (Vertically opposite angles)
Thus, ∠1 = ∠5 = ∠2 = ∠6= ∠AOD = ∠BOC = 60°.
∠AOB = ∠COD = 120°.
∠9= ∠4 = ∠7 = ∠3 = 30°.

(ii) The given rectangle is PSRQ.

∠POS = ∠ROQ = 110° … (Vertically opposite angles)
∠POS + ∠POQ = 180° … (Linear Pair)
110°+∠POQ = 180°
∠POQ = 180° – 110°
∠POQ = 70°
∠POQ = ∠SOR = 70° … (Vertically opposite angles)
In ΔPOS, OP = OS, then the angles opposite them are equal.
∴ ∠1 = ∠2 = a
In ΔPOS,
∠1 + ∠2 + ∠POS = 180° … (Sum of all angles of a triangle)
a + a + 110° = 180°
2a = 180°- 110°
2a = 70°
a = 35°
∠1 = ∠2 = a = 35°
∠1 = ∠5 = 35° …. (Alternate interior angles)
∠2 = ∠6 = 35° … (Alternate interior angles)
Since ABCD is a rectangle, ∠P = 90°
∠9 = ∠1 + ∠8
90° = 35° + ∠8
∠8 = 90° – 35°
∠8 = 55°
∠8 = ∠4 = 55° …. (Alternate interior angles)
In ΔPOQ, OP = OQ, then the angles opposite to them are equal
i. e. ∠7 = ∠8 = 55°
∠7 = ∠2 = 55° … (Alternate interior angles)
Thus, ∠POS = ∠ROQ = 110°.
∠POQ = ∠SOR = 70°.
∠1 = ∠2 = 5 = ∠6 = 35°.
∠3 = ∠4 = ∠7 = ∠8 = 55°.

Question 2.
Draw a quadrilateral whose diagonals have equal lengths of 8 cm that bisect each other, and intersect at an angle of
(i) 30°
(ii) 40°
(iii) 90°
(iv) 140°
Solution:
(i) Draw a line AB equal to 8 cm.
Take point M on AB such that AM = BM = 4 cm.
Using a protractor, draw an angle of 30° at M on MB. On this line, take points C and D such that MC = MD = 4 cm.
Join AD, DB, BC, and CA.
ABCD is the required quadrilateral.

Since diagonals AB and CD are equal and are bisecting each other at M, ACBD is a rectangle.

(ii) Draw a line AB equal to 8 cm.
Take point M on AB such that AM = BM = 4 cm.
Using a protractor, draw an angle of 40° at M on MB.
On this line, take points C and D such that MC = MD = 4 cm.
Join AD, DB, BC, and CA.
ABCD is the required quadrilateral.

Since diagonals AB and CD are equal and are bisecting each other at M, ACBD is a rectangle.

(iii) Draw a line AB equal to 8 cm.
Take a point M on AB such that AM = BM = 4 cm.
Using a protractor, draw an angle of 90° at M on MB.
On this line, take points C and D such that MC = MD = 4 cm.
Join AD, DB, BC, and CA.
ACBD is the required square.

Since diagonals AB and CD are equal and are bisecting each other at M, and also the diagonals are perpendicular to each other, ACBD is a square.

(iv) Draw a line AB equal to 8 cm.
Take a point M on AB such that AM = BM = 4 cm.
Using a protractor, draw an angle of 140° at M on MB.
On this line, take points C and D such that MC = MD = 4 cm.
Join AD, DB, BC, and CA.
ACBD is the required quadrilateral.

Since diagonals AB and CD are equal and are bisecting each other at M, ACBD is a rectangle.

Question 3.
Consider a circle with centre O. Line segments PL and AM are two perpendicular diameters of the circle. What is the figure APML? Reason and/or experiment to figure this out.
Solution:
In the figure, PL and AM are two perpendicular diameters of the circle. Let r be the radius of the circle.

∴ PL = PO + OL
= r + r
= 2 r
and AM = AO + OM
= r + r
= 2 r
∴ PL = AM
∴ In the quadrilateral
APML, diagonals PL and
AM are equal and are perpendicular to each other.
Also, OP = OA = OL = OM = r
∴ Diameters PL and AM bisect each other at 0.
∴ Quadrilateral APML is a square.

Question 4.
We have seen how to get 90° using paper folding. Now, suppose we do not have any paper but two sticks of equal length, and a thread. How do we make an exact 90° using these?
Solution:

• Let AB and CD be two sticks of equal length, say 6 cm.
• Mark the midpoints of the sticks using a ruler.
• Fix a screw to the sticks at their midpoints.
• Using a thread, measure distances AD and BD.
• Keep on moving the sticks about the screw, so that the distances AD and BD are equal.
• In this position, fix the sticks by tightening the screw.
• The new positions of the sticks are shown in the figure.
• The pieces of thread along AD and BD.
  
  Consider ΔAMD and ΔBMD.
  We have AM = BM, AD = BD and MD is common
  ∴ By the SSS condition,
  ΔAMD and ABMD are congruent.
  ∴ ∠AMD = ∠BMD
  Also ∠AMD + ∠BMD = 180° (Linear angles)
  ∴ ∠AMD + ∠AMD = 180°
  ⇒ 2 ∠AMD = 180°
  ⇒ ∠AMD = 90°
  ∴ ∠AMD = ∠BMD = 90°
  ∴ Angle between the sticks is 90°.

Question 5.
We saw that one of the properties of a rectangle is that its opposite sides are parallel. Can this be chosen as a definition of a rectangle? In other words, is every quadrilateral that has opposite sides parallel and equal a rectangle?
Solution:
No, this can’t be the definition of a rectangle. A quadrilateral with opposite sides parallel and equal is a parallelogram, but not all parallelograms are rectangles. A rectangle needs all angles to be right angles.

2. QUADRILATERALS WITH EQUAL SIDELENGTHS
Figure it Out: Page : 102

Question 1.
Find the remaining angles in the following quadrilaterals.

Solution:
(i) Here PR || EA, and PE || RA
Therefore, PEAR is a parallelogram.
∠P = ∠A = 40° … (Opposite angles of a parallelogram are equal)
∠ P + ∠R = 180° … (The sum of the adjacent angles of a parallelogram is 180°)
40° + ∠R = 180°
∠R = 180° – 40°
∠R = 140°.
∠R = ∠E = 140°… (Oppositeangles of a parallelogram are equal)

(ii) Here PQ // SR, and PS // QR
∴ PQRS is a parallelogram.
∠P = ∠R = 110° … (Opposite angles of a parallelogram are equal)
∠P + ∠S = 180° … (The sum of the adjacent angles of a parallelogram is 180°)
110° + ∠S = 180°
∠S = 180° – 110°
∠S = 70°.
∠S = ∠Q = 70° … (Opposite angles of a parallelogram are equal)

(iii) Here, XWVU is a rhombus (all sides equal).
In ΔVUX, UV = UX, then the angles opposite them are equal.
∴ ∠UXV = ∠UVX = 30°
∠UXV = ∠WXV = 30° ………….. (The diagonals of a rhombus bisect its angles)
Also, ∠UVX = ∠WVX = 30° ………….. (The diagonals of a rhombus bisect its angles)
∠E = 2 × ∠UVX = 2 × 30° = 60°
∠V = ∠X = 60° ………….. (Opposite angles of a rhombus are equal)
∠V + ∠U = 180° ………….. (The sum of adjacent angles of a rhombus is 180°)
60° + ∠U = 180°
∠U = 180° – 60°
∠U = 120°
∠U = ∠W = 120° ………….. (Opposite angles of a rhombus are equal)

(iv) Here, AEIO is a rhombus (all sides equal).
In ΔEAO, AE = AO, then the angles opposite them are equal.
∴ ∠AOE = ∠AEO = 20°
∠AEO = ∠IEO = 20° ………….. (The diagonals of a rhombus bisect its angles)
Also, ∠AOE = ∠IOE = 20° ………….. (The diagonals of a rhombus bisect its angles)
∠E = 2 × ∠AEO = 2 × 20° = 40°
∠E = ∠O = 40° ………….. (Opposite angles of a rhombus are equal)
∠E + ∠A = 180° ………….. (The sum of adjacent angles of a rhombus is 180°)
40° + ∠A = 180°
∠A = 180° – 40°
∠A = 140°
∠A = ∠I = 140° ………….. (Opposite angles of a rhombus are equal)

Question 2.
Using the diagonal properties, construct a parallelogram whose diagonals are of lengths 7 cm and 5 cm, and intersect at an angle of 140°.
Solution:

Steps of construction:
(i) Draw a line segment AC of length 7 cm and mark its midpoint as 0.
(ii) At point 0, draw an angle of 140° with respect to diagonal AC.
(iii) At 0, along the 140° angle’s free arms in both directions, mark OD = 2.5 cm and OB = 2.5 cm using a compass.
(iv) Join D to A and C.
Join B to A and C.
So, ABCD is the required parallelogram.

Question 3.
Using the diagonal properties, construct a rhombus whose diagonals are of lengths 4 cm and 5 cm.
Solution:

Steps of construction:
(i) Draw a line segment AC of length 5 cm.
(ii) Draw the perpendicular bisector of AC, intersecting it at 0.
(iii) With 0 as centre and radius 2 cm, mark points B (below) and D (above) on the perpendicular bisector.
(iv) Join A with D, D with C, B with A and C with B.
∴ ABCD is the required rhombus.

3. KITE AND TRAPE∠IUM
Figure it Out : Page : 107 – 109

Question 1.
Find all the sides and the angles of the quadrilateral obtained by joining two equilateral triangles with sides 4 cm.
Solution:

Since all sides of an equilateral triangle are equal.
Thus, the lengths of all sides of the given quadrilateral are equal.
∴ PQ = QR = RS = SP = 4 cm.
Also, the measure of all angles of an equilateral triangle is 60°.
∠P = ∠R = 60°
∠S = ∠PSQ + ∠RSQ = 60° + 60° = 120°.
∠Q = ∠PQS + ∠RQS = 60° + 60° = 120°.

Question 2.
Construct a kite whose diagonals are of lengths 6 cm and 8 cm.
Solution:

(i) Draw a line segment AC = 6 cm.

(ii) Construct the perpendicular bisector of AC; let it meet AC at 0 (so 0 is the midpoint).

(iii) With centre at 0 and radius 3 cm draw an arc to cut the bisector above AC; label that point D. With centre 0 and radius 5 cm draw an arc to cut the bisector below AC; label that point B.

(iv) Join A with B, B with C, C with D and D with A.
ABCD is the required kite.

Question 3.
Find the remaining angles in the following trapeziums-

Solution:

Since AB // DC, and AD is a tranversal, then ∠A + ∠D = 180° … (Sum of angles on the same side of the transversal)
135° + ∠D = 180°
∠D = 180° – 135°
∠D = 45°
Also, since AB // DC, and BC is a tranversal, then So, ∠B + ∠C = 180°
… (Sum of angles on the same side of the transversal)
105° + ∠C = 180°
∠C = 180° – 105°
∠C = 75°
In the second figure :

Since PQ // SR, and PS is a tranversal, then ∠P + ∠S = 180° … (Sum of angles on the same side of the transversal)
∠P + 100° = 180°
∠P = 180° – 100° = 80°.
∠S = ∠R = 100° … (In an isosceles trape∠ium base angles are equal)
Also, since PQ // SR, and QR is a tranversal,
So, ∠Q + ∠R = 180° … (Sum of angles on the same side of the transversal)
∠Q + 100° = 180°
∠Q = 180° – 100° = 80°.

Question 4.
Draw a Venn diagram showing the set of parallelograms, kites, rhombuses, rectangles, and squares. Then, answer the following questions –
(i) What is the quadrilateral that is both a kite and a parallelogram?
(ii) Can there be a quadrilateral that is both a kite and a rectangle?
(iii) Is every kite a rhombus? If not, what is the correct relationship between these two types of quadrilaterals?
Solution:

(i) A rhombus is a quadrilateral that is both a kite and a parallelogram.

(ii) A kite is not a rectangle and a rectangle is not a kite.
∴ There can be no quadrilateral that is both a kite and a rectangle.
Also, there is no common portion of the set of kites and the set of rectangle.

(iii) No, every kite is not a rhombus.
Correct relationship:
Every rhombus is a kite, but not every kite is a rhombus.

Question 5.
If PAIR and RODS are two rectangles, find ∠IOD.

Solution:
Since PAIR and RODS are two triangles.
∠RIO = 90° … (Corner angle of a rectangle)
In ΔRIO,
∠IRO + ∠IOR + ∠RIO = 180° … (Sum of angles of a triangle)
30° + ∠IOR + 90° = 180°
120° + ∠IOR = 180°
∠IOR = 180° – 120° = 60°.
∴ ∠IOD = 90° – ∠IOR
= 90° – 60° = 30°.

Question 6.
Construct a square with diagonal 6 cm without using a protractor.
Solution:

Steps of construction:
(i) Draw a line segment AC = 6 cm and mark its midpoint as O.

(ii) With O as centre and radius greater than half of AC, draw arcs above and below AC from points A and C.

(iii) Join the arcs intersections to get a line perpendicular to AC and passing through 0.

(iv) Again, with 0 as centre and radius equal to 3 cm, mark points B and D on the perpendicular line.

(v) Join (A, B), (C, B), (A, D) and (C, D). Hence, ABCD is the required square with a diagonals of 6 cm.

Question 7.
CASE is a square. The points U, V, W and X are the midpoints of the sides of the square. What type of quadrilateral is UVWX? Find this by using geometric reasoning, as well as by construction and measurement. Find other ways of constructing a square within a square such that the vertices of the inner square lie on the sides of the outer square, as shown in Figure (b).

Solution:
(a) U, V, W, and X are the midpoints of the sides of the square.
In ΔVCU and ΔUAX,
we have VC = UA,
∠VCU = ∠UAX = 90°,
and CU = AX.
∴ By the SAS condition, ΔVCU and ΔUAX are congruent.
∴ VU = UX
Similarly, VU = XW, VU = WV.
∴ Sides of the quadrilateral UVWX are equal.

In ΔVCU, VC = CU
⇒ ∠1 = ∠2
Also, ∠1 + ∠C + ∠2 = 180°
⇒ ∠1 + 90° + ∠1 = 180°
⇒ 2∠1 = 90°
⇒ ∠1 = 45°
∴ ∠2 is also 45°.
Similarly, ∠3 = ∠4 = 45°
We have ∠2 + ∠VUX + ∠3 = 180°
⇒ 45° + ∠VUX + 45° = 180°
⇒ ∠VUX = 180° – 90°
⇒ ∠VUX = 90°
Similarly, ∠VXW = 90°,
∠XWV = 90°
and ∠WVU = 90°.
∴ By definition, the quadrilateral UVWX is a square.

(b) Let ABCD be a square.
Take points P, Q, R, and S such that AS = BP = CQ = DR.

Since the sides of squares are equal,
we have DS = AP = BQ = CR.
In ΔPAS and ΔSDR, we have
PA = SD,
∠PAS = ∠SDR = 90°,
and AS = DR.
∴ By the SAS condition, ΔPAS and ΔSDR are congruent.
∴ PS = SR
Similarly, PS = RQ, PS = QP.
∴ Sides of the quadrilateral PQRS are equal.
In ΔPAS, ∠1 + ∠2 + 90° = 180°
⇒ ∠1 + ∠2 = 90°
⇒ ∠3 + ∠2 = 90° (∵ ∠1 = ∠3)
Also, ∠2 + ∠4 + ∠3 = 180°
⇒ 90° + ∠4 = 180°
⇒ ∠4 = 180° – 90°
⇒ ∠4 = 90°
∴ Similarly, ∠5 = 90°,
∠6 = 90°,
and ∠7 = 90°.
By definition, the quadrilateral PQRS is a square.

Question 8.
If a quadrilateral has four equal sides and one angle of 90°, will it be a square? Find the answer using geometric reasoning as well as by construction and measurement.
Solution:

Let ABCD be a quadrilateral such that AB = BC = CD = DA and ∠DAB = 90°.
Join BD.
In ΔADB and ΔCDB, we have AD = CD, AB = CB, and DB is a common side.
∴ ΔADB and ΔCDB are congruent.
∴ ∠C = ∠A = 90°
In ΔDAB, ∠1 = ∠2 (∵ AB = AD)
Also, ∠1 + 90° + ∠2 = 180°
⇒ ∠1 + ∠2 = 90°
⇒ ∠1 = 45°
and ∠2 = 45° (∵ ∠1 = ∠2)
In ΔCDB, ∠3 = ∠4 (∵ CD = CB)
Also, ∠3 + 90° + ∠4 = 180°
⇒ ∠3 + ∠4 = 90°
⇒ ∠3 = ∠4 = 45° (∵ ∠3 = ∠4)
∴ ∠ABC = ∠1 + ∠4 = 45° + 45° = 90°
and ∠ADC = ∠2 + ∠3 = 45° + 45° = 90°.
∴ Each angle of the quadrilateral ABCD is 90°.
∴ ABCD is a square.
Also, by measurement, we find
AB = BC = CD = DA
and ∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = 90°.

Question 9.
What type of quadrilateral is one in which the opposite sides are equal? Justify your answer.
Hint: Draw a diagonal and check for congruent triangles.
Solution:

Let ABCD be a quadrilateral in which opposite sides are equal. Join AC.
In ΔADC and ΔCDA,
AD = CB (given)
DC = BA (given)
AC = AC (common side)
By SSS condition, ΔADC ≅ ΔCBA.
∴ ∠1 = ∠3 and ∠2 = ∠4
AC is a transversal of lines AB and DC, and alternate angles ∠1 and ∠3 are equal.
∴ Lines AB and DC are parallel.
AC is a transversal of lines AD and BC, and alternate angles ∠2 and ∠4 are equal.
∴ Lines AD and BC are parallel.
∴ By definition, the quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram.

Question 10.
Will the sum of the angles in a quadrilateral such as the following one also be 360°? Find the answer using geometric reasoning as well as by constructing this figure and measuring.

Solution:
In the given quadrilateral, join BD.
In ΔABD, we have
∠A + ∠3 + ∠1 = 180°
In ΔCBD, we have ∠C + ∠4 + ∠2 = 180°

Adding, we get
(∠A + ∠3 + ∠1) + (∠C + ∠4 + ∠2) = 180° + 180°
⇒ ∠A + (∠3 + ∠4) + ∠C + (∠1 + ∠2) = 360°
⇒ ∠A + ∠B + ∠C + ∠D = 360°
∴ The sum of the angles of the quadrilateral ABCD is 360°.
Also, by using a protractor, we find that the sum of all angles is 360°.

Question 11.
State whether the following statements are true or false. Justify your answers.
(i) A quadrilateral whose diagonals are equal and bisect each other must be a square.
Solution:
False.
A quadrilateral whose diagonals are equal and bisect each other is a rectangle. A square is a special case of a rectangle where all sides are also equal.

(ii) A quadrilateral having three right angles must be a rectangle.
Solution:
True.
Three right angles force the fourth to be right angle as well and a quadrilateral with four right angles is a rectangle.

(iii) A quadrilateral whose diagonals bisect each other must be a parallelogram.
Solution:
True.
If the diagonals bisect each other, then the two triangles formed by a diagonal are congruent, which gives pairs of opposite sides parallel. Hence the figure is a parallelogram.

(iv) A quadrilateral whose diagonals are perpendicular to each other must be a rhombus.
Solution:
False.
Squares, kites, and some other quadrilaterals also have perpendicular diagonals. Therefore, having perpendicular diagonals does not necessarily mean the quadrilateral is a rhombus.

(v) A quadrilateral in which the opposite angles are equal must be a parallelogram.
Solution:
True.
If both pairs of opposite angles are equal, then each pair of adjacent angles are supplementary, which implies opposite sides are parallel. Hence the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.

(vi) A quadrilateral in which all the angles are equal is a rectangle.
Solution:
True.
If all four angles are equal, each angle must be 360°/4 = 90°. A quadrilateral with four right angles is a rectangle.

(vii) Isosceles trapeziums are parallelograms.
Solution:
False.
An isosceles trapezium has exactly one pair of parallel sides and equal non-parallel sides. While a parallelogram must have two pairs of parallel sides. So an isosceles trapezium is not a parallelogram.

Quadrilaterals Class 8 Extra Questions

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
The angles in a square are :
(a) 90° each
(b) 70° each
(c) 60° each
(d) 100° each
Solution:
Each angle of a square is 90°.
(a) 90° each

Question 2.
ABCD is a quadrilateral. Sum of angles ∠A + ∠B + ∠C + ∠D is :
(a) 180°
(b) 270°
(c) 360°
(d) 540°
Solution:
Sum of all angles of any quadrilateral is 360°.
(c) 360°

Question 3.
In a square ABCD, AC and BD are its two diagonals. Then which of the following is true?
(a) AC > BD
(b) BD > AC
(c) AC = BD
(d) AC + BD = AB
Solution:
Diagonals of a square are equal.
(c) AC = BD

Question 4.
In the following figure, ABCD is a rectangle. ∠AOB =

(a) 90°
(b) 60°
(c) 45°
(d) 35°
Solution:
Here, ABCD is a rectangle.
Hence, ∠DAB = 90°
⇒ ∠DAO + ∠BAO = 90°
⇒ 30° + ∠BAO = 90°
⇒ ∠BAO = 90° – 30° = 60°
Now, if we consider ΔOAB, then .
OA = OB (∵, diagonals are equal and they bisect each other)
∴, ΔOAB is an equilateral Δ as ∠BAO = 60°
So, ∠AOB = 60°

Question 5.
In the following figure, ABCD is a rectangle. ∠OAB =

(a) 60°
(b) 30°
(c) 45°
(d) 90°
Solution:
In ΔOAB, if ∠AOB = 60° then all of its angles are 60° each.
(a) 60°

Assertion and Reasoning

(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).
(b) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

Question 1.
Assertion (A) : In a quadrilateral ABCD, if ∠A = 40°, ∠B = 90° and ∠C = 110°, then ∠D = 120°.
Reason (R) : Sum of all angles of a quadrilateral is 380°.
Solution:
Reason (R) is false as sum of all angles of a quadrilateral is 360°.
Answer:
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.

Question 2.
Assertion (A) : If PQRS is a square, then ∠P = 90°.
Reason (R) : Each angle of a square is 90°.
Solution:
In a square PQRS, ∠P = ∠Q = ∠R = ∠S = 90°.
So, ∠P = 90°.
Answer:
(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).

Case Based Questions

Question 1.
A carpenter needs to put together two thin strips of laminates, as shown in the following figure, So that when a thread is passed through their end points, it forms a rectangle.
She already has one 12 cm long strip.

Based on the above, answer the following:
(a) What should be the length of the other strip?
(b) At what point they should be joined?
(c) If thread is passed through B, E, S, T, then what will be the angle between the arms BT and BE?
(d) Will the lengths of BT and ES same? Why?
Answer:
(a) The lengths of both the strips must be same. Hence, the length of the other strip must be 12 cm.

(b) The two strips must be joined at O.

(c) The resultant figure is a rectangle. In a rectangle, the opposite sides are equal. Hence, BT = ES.

Go through BSE Odisha Class 8 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Exploring Forces Question Answer to understand textbook questions more clearly.

Class 8 Science Curiosity Chapter 5 Question Answer

Class 8 Science Ch 5 Exploring Forces Question Answer

Class 8 Science Chapter 5 Exploring Forces Question Answer

Probe and Ponder Questions

Question 1.
Why does it feel harder to pedal a bicycle when going uphill than on flat ground?
Answer:
When we cycle uphill, we’re constantly fighting against the Earth’s gravitational pull, which tries to pull us back down. This force acts perpendicular to the ground on a flat surface, meaning it doesn’t directly oppose our forward movement. But on a slope, a portion of the gravity acts against our direction of motion, requiring us to exert more force to move forward and upward.

Question 2.
Why is it easier to slip on a wet surface?
Answer:
It is easier to slip on a wet surface due to reduced friction between the foot and the surface. Water acts as a lubricant, minimizing the grip and making it easier to slide.

Question 3.
Why do we feel ‘light’ or like we are ‘floating’ just after our swing reaches its highest point and begins to come down?
Answer:
When the swing reaches its highest point, it momentarily comes to rest before moving downward. A this point, gravity still acts downward, but the support (normal) force exerted by the swing on our body decreases. Because the normal force is reduced, we feel less push from the swing, which makes us feel “light” or as if we are “floating” for a brief moment.

Question 4.
Share your questions
Answer:

• Why does sliding work better on ice than on sand?
• What would happen if friction did not exist at all?
• Why do heavier objects sink more in water than lighter ones of the same size?
• Does air also provide friction to moving objects?
• Why can some birds fly easily for long periods without getting tired?

InText Questions

Question 1.
Does this mean that whenever there is a change in speed or direction, or change in shape, a force is acting on the object? (Page 65)
Answer:
Yes, none of these take place without the action of force.

Question 2.
Suppose an object is at rest. Does it mean that no force is acting on this object? (Page 65)
Answer:
No, the forces are acting on this object. But all these forces acting on them are balancing one another. That is why an object is at rest.

Question 3.
Does this mean that the force of friction will be greater if the surfaces are rough? (Page 68)
Answer:
Yes, more the roughness of a surface, larger is the number of irregularities on its surfaces and hence greater will be the friction.

Question 4.
Is it essential for an object applying force on another object to always be in contact with it? (Page 69)
Answer:
No. Forces can be applied either through direct contact (contact forces) or without direct contact (non-contact forces) such as gravitational or magnetic forces.

Question 5.
Does it mean that there are two kinds of electrical charges?(Page 71)
Answer:
Yes, there are two kinds of electrical charges ‘positive’ and ‘negative’.

Question 6.
Why do all the objects fall towards the Earth? (Page 72)
Answer:
All the objects fall towards the Earth because the Earth attracts (pull) them. This force is called gravitational force.

Question 7.
Is there any force which acts on them. ? What exerts this force ?(Page 72)
Answer:
Yes, there is a force acting on any object in the universe, and it is called gravity. Gravity is a force of attraction that exists between any two objects with mass. The Earth, due to its large mass, exerts a gravitational orce on all objects near it, pulling them towards its center.

Question 8.
Does the Earth pull every object with equal force ? (Page 72)
Answer:
No, the Earth does not pull every object with equal force. The force of gravity is stronger on objects with greater mass. While the Earth exerts a gravitational pull on all objects, the strength of that pull depends on the mass of the object being attracted.

Question 9.
What is the difference between weight and mass ? (Page 75)
Answer:
Mass is the amount of matter in an object and is measured in grams (g) or kilograms (kg). Its value remains the same at every place. Weight, on the other hand, is the gravitational force with which the Earth (or another planet) pulls an object.

Question 10.
If we place some objects on water, some of them float, while others fall to the bottom. The gravitational force of the Earth is acting on all objects, then why don’t all objects fall to the bottom? (Page 76)
Answer:
While the Earth’s gravitational force acts on all objects, whether they sink or float in water depends on the buoyant force and the density of the object relative to water. Objects with a density lower than water experience a stronger buoyant force, causing them to float, while those with a higher density experience a weaker buoyant force and sink.

Exploring Forces Class 8 Questions and Answers

Keep the Curiosity Alive (Pages 25-26)

Question 1.
Match items in Column A with the items in Column B.

Answer:

Column A (Type of force)	Column A (Type of force)
(i) Muscular force	(b) A child lifting a school bag
(ii) Magnetic force	(e) A compass needle pointing North
(iii) Frictional force	(a) A cricket ball stopping on its own just before touching the boundary line
(iv) Gravitational force	(c) A fruit falling from a tree
(v) Electrostatic force	(d) Balloon rubbed on woollen cloth attracting hair strands

Question 2.
State whether the following statements are True or False.
(i) A force is always required to change the speed of motion of an object.
(ii) Due to friction, the speed of the ball rolling on a flat ground increases.
(iii) There is no force between two charged objects placed at a small distance apart.
Answer:
(i) True: A force is indeed always required to change the speed of motion of an object. If there is no force acting on an object, it will maintain its current speed and direction (unless it’s already at rest, in which case it will stay at rest).
(ii) False: Friction opposes motion, so it will decrease the speed of a rolling ball.
(iii) False: There is a force between charged objects. This force can be attractive or repulsive depending on the charges. But it is always present when charges are close to each other.

Question 3.
Two balloons rubbed with a woollen cloth are brought near each other. What would happen and why?
Answer:
When two balloons are rubbed with a woollen cloth and brought near each other, they will repel each other. This happens because both balloons will acquire a negative charge when rubbed with wool, and like charges repel.

Question 4.
When you drop a coin in a glass of water, it sinks, but when you place a bigger wooden block in water, it floats. Explain.
Answer:
A coin sinks in water because its density (mass per unit volume) is greater than that of water. A wooden block floats because its density is less than that of water, causing it to be buoyed up by the water.

Question 5.
If a ball is thrown upwards, it slows down, stops momentarily, and then falls back to the ground. Name the forces acting on the ball and specify their directions.
(i) During its upward motion
(ii) During its downward motion
(iii) At its topmost position
Answer:
When a ball is thrown upwards, the only force acting on it throughout its entire motion is gravity, which pulls it downwards. However, depending on the motion of the ball, the direction of this force relative to the ball’s velocity changes.
(i) During its upward motion: The force of gravity is downwards, opposing the upward motion of the ball, causing it to slow down.
(ii) During its downward motion: The force of gravity is still downwards, but now it aligns with the ball’s direction of motion, accelerating it downwards.
(iii) At its topmost position: The ball has zero velocity, meaning it’s momentarily stationary. At this point, the force of gravity is still downwards, but since the ball is not moving upwards or downwards, it has no net effect on the ball’s motion.

Question 6.
A ball is released from the point P and moves along an inclined plane and then along a horizontal surface as shown in the fig. It comes to stop at the point A on the horizontal surface. Think of a way so that when the ball is released from the same point P, it stops
(i) before the point A
(ii) after crossing the point A.

Answer:
The ball’s motion is governed by the forces of gravity and friction. On the inclined plane, gravity provides the acceleration for the motion. On the horizontal surface, only friction acts on the ball.

• Stopping before A: Increasing friction on the horizontal surface will cause the ball to decelerate more rapidly, meaning it will come to a stop sooner, potentially before reaching point A.
• Stopping after A: Decreasing friction on the horizontal surface will reduce the deceleration, allowing the ball to travel further before losing all its kinetic energy and stopping.

Question 7.
Why do we sometimes slip on smooth surfaces like ice or polished floors? Explain.
Answer:
When we walk on surfaces like ice, we often slip, which means we lose our balance and fall. This happens because the force that helps us stay upright and move forward (friction) is not enough. These surfaces have fewer irregularities. Minimizing the contact area and the force of friction between the surface and our shoes makes it easier to slide instead of grip. A layer of water, even a thin one on ice, can further reduce friction by acting as a lubricant, making the surface even more slippery.

Question 8.
Is any force being applied to an object in a non-uniform motion?
Answer:
Yes, for an object to be in non-uniform motion, a force must be acting upon it. Nonuniform motion, also known as accelerated motion, means the object’s velocity is changing, either in speed or direction, or both. This change in velocity requires a force to be applied.

Question 9.
The weight of an object on the Moon becomes one-sixth of its weight on the Earth. What causes this change? Does the mass of the object also become one-sixth of its mass on the Earth?
Answer:
The change in an object’s weight on the moon compared to Earth is due to the difference in gravitational force. The moon’s gravity is significantly weaker than Earth’s, roughly one-sixth as strong. However, the mass of an object remains the same regardless of location; only weight changes with gravitational pull.

Question 10.
Three objects 1,2 and 3 of the same size and shape but made of different materials are placed in the water. They dip to different depths as shown in fig. If the weights of the three objects 1,2 and 3 are w₁, w₂, and w₃, respectively, then

(i) w₁=w₂=w₃
(ii) w₁>w₂>w₃
(iii) w₂>w₃>w₁
(iv) w₃>w₁>w₂
Answer:
(ii) The relationship between the weights of the objects is w₁>w₂>w₃.
Object 1 is the deepest meaning it displaces the most water.
Object 2 is less deep than object 1 but deeper than object 3.
Object 3 is the least deep, meaning it displaces the least amount of water.
Since the objects have the same size and shape, the greater the depth, the greater the weight of the object (assuming they are all made of the same material).
Hence, the object with the greatest weight will sink the deepest, and the object with the least weight will be the closest to the surface.

Class 8 Science Chapter 5 Question Answer

Activity 1.

Let us explore
Aim: To experience the push or pull.
Materials Required: A large cardboard box, a rope.

Procedure :

• Take a heavy and large cardboard box.
• Try to push or pull it by yourself.
• Try to move the box in as many different ways as you can do.
• Are you able to move the box in any other way than shown in fig?

Answer:
It is really very difficult to move.
Observations: In every method you are either pushing or pulling the box.

Inferences:

• No matter how you chose to move the box – by dragging, sliding, rolling, lifting etc. Some form of push or pull is always involved.
• Generally, the push or pull applied on an object is called force.

Activity 2.

Let us analyse
Aim: To analyse and study the effect of force.

Procedure:

• Think of different examples and situations where a force either push or pull is applied.
• List them in the table given below.
• Write the effect of the force in the table also.
• Some of them are already listed for you.

Observations :
Different actions and their effects

Answer:

Inferences:
We have noticed that the effect of the force are :

• A force can make an object move from rest.
• A force can change the speed of an object if it is moving. Either increase or decrease.
• A force can change the direction of motion of an object.
• A force can bring about a change in the shape of an object.
• A force can cause some or all of these effects.

Activity 3.

Let us investigate
Aim : To show that friction always opposes the relative motion between the two bodies, irrespective of the direction of motion.
Materials Required : A book.

Procedure :

• Gently push a book on a table.
• It stops after moving for some distance.
• Repeat this activity pushing the book from the opposite direction. [Fig. (b).
• Does the book stop this time, too? Yes, the book stop this time too.
• Can you think of an explanation ?
  The book slides for some time and then stops. The reason is that

Inference:
The force acting along the two surfaces in contact which opposes the motion of one body over the other, is called the force of friction.

Activity 4.

Let us explore
Aim: To study that force of friction depends upon the nature of the two surfaces in contact.
Materials Required: A wooden board, a pencil cell, bricks or books, a piece of cloth, sand.

Procedure:

• Make an inclined plane on a smooth floor, or on a table. (You may use a wooden board supported by bricks or books).
• Put a mark with a pen at any point ‘A’ on the inclined plane.
• Now let a pencil cell move down from this point.
• How far does it move on the plane before coming to rest ?
  It moves up to the end of the inclined plane and comes to rest on the table.
• Note down the distance.
• Now spread a piece of cloth over the table. Make sure that there are no wrinkles in the cloth.
  Try this activity again [Fig. (b).
• Repeat this activity by spreading a thin layer of sand over the table. Maintain the same slope throughout the activity.
  Inference: Friction depends upon the nature of surfaces in contact.

Activity 5.

Let us test
Aim : To show that a magnet can exert force on another magnet without being in contact with it.
Materials Required : Two ring magnets, a wooden stick.

Procedure :

• First of all we will take two ring magnets and a wooden stick.
• Now, hold the stick in a vertical position on a wooden table.
• Insert one ring magnet into the stick. (See fig.)
• Now, take another ring magnet and insert in such a way that like poles of two magnets face each other.

Observations:

• Second magnet stay floating above the first magnet. It means that they repel each other.
• The second magnet still remains floating after reversing the poles of both magnets.

Inference:

• A magnet can exert force on another magnet without being in contact with it.
• The force exerted by a magnet on another magnet or a magnetic material is called magnetic force. Since a magnet can exert a force from a distance without being in contact it is called a non-contact force.

Activity 6.

Let us experiment
Aim: To show electrostatic force.
Materials Required : A plastic straw, a plastic scale, a piece of polythene and small piece of paper.

Procedure :

• Take a plastic scale/straw and rub it vigorously with polythene.
• It is advised that never touch the rubbed part with your hand or any other metal object.
• Bring the rubbed straw or scale close to the small pieces of paper which is kept on the table.
• Do not touch the paper.
• Write down your observations.

Observations:
The paper pieces get pulled towards the plastic scale/straw and stick to it when it is brought close to paper pieces.

Inference:

• When two objects are rubbed, electrical charges are build up on their surfaces which is called static charges.
• A charged object attract an uncharged objects like small pieces of paper.
• This is called electrostatic force and comes into play even when the two bodies are not in contact.

Activity 7.

Let us experiment
Aim: To show that like charges repel and unlike charges attract each other.
Materials Required: Two balloons, a length of thread, and a woollen cloth.

Procedure:

• First of all we will take two balloons, a thread and a woollen cloth.
• Now, inflate the two balloons and hang them.
• We should be careful that the two balloons do not touch each other. (See fig. (a))
• Now, rub both balloons with the woollen cloth and release them. Remember that these two balloons should not be touched with your fingers. Note down your observation.
• Now, bring the woollen cloth used for rubbing the balloons close to one of the rubbed balloons. Note down your observation.

Observations :

• Case-I: The balloons move away from each other i.e., repelling each other.
• Case-II: They attract each other.

Inference:

• The force exerted by a charged body on another charged body or an uncharged body is called electrostatic force. It is a non-contact force.
• We can infer that like or similar charged body repel each other and unlike (opposite) charged bodies attract each other.
• The two kinds of static charges are said to be ‘positive’ and ‘negative’ charges.

Activity 8.

Let us observe
Aim: To demonstrate the gravitational force.
Materials Required: A ball, a stone or any object around you.

Procedure :

• Take a ball or a stone or your eraser and throw it vertically upwards.
• Now, throw it again, but this time harder than previous.
• Not down your observations in both the cases.
• You may think of different situations around you and can throw any object in any direction.

Observations :

• Case-I: The ball or stone come down.
• Case-II: Even in this case also the ball still fall back down to the ground but takes little more time.

Inference:

• Finally all objects falls or comes back to the ground or floor.
• This shows that some force is acting in downward direction. This is called the gravitational force or force of gravity or simply gravity.

Activity 9.

Let us explore
Aim : To show that the earth pulls different objects with different forces and it depends on their masses.
Materials Required : A spring, a few objects of different masses e.g., a pencil box, a tiffin box, a small stone.

Procedure :

• Hang one end of the spring from a nail and on the other end, hang an object and observe the spring.
• When you suspend an object from a spring, the spring stretches due to the force applied by the earth.
• Now hang the other objects, one by one and notice the stretch in the spring in each cases.

Observations: If you hang objects of different mass one after another, each time causes a different amount of stretching.
Inference: This proves that heavier objects are pulled with more force i.e., the weight of an object depends on its mass; heavier objects have greater weight.

Activity 10.

Let us observe
Aim : To measure maximum weight by a spring balance.
Materials Required : A spring balance.

Procedure :

• Take a spring balance and hang it as shown in fig.
• Now, look at the spring balance carefully.
• What is the maximum weight it can measure ?

Observations :

• The maximum weight a spring balance can measure is 10 N.
• Range of spring balance is the maximum weight it can measure.

Inference : If a spring balance shows values from 0 to 10 N , its range is 0.10 N . means that it can measure weight upto 10 N.

Activity 11.

Let us calculate
Aim: To determine the smallest readable value (Least count) of and close-up of its scale a spring balance.
Materials Required: A spring balance.

Procedure :

• Note down the weight difference indicated between the two bigger marks.
• The weight difference between 0 and 01 N or between 01 N and 02 N is 1 N.
• Count the number of divisions between these two bigger marks.

Demonstration :

1. Weight different between 0 and 1 N or between 01 N and 2 N =1 N Number of divisions between 0 and 1 or 1 and 2=5
∴ Least count = \(\frac{1}{5}\)=0.2 N

Inference:

• The least count of a spring balance is the smallest difference in weight it can measure.
• So, the least count of a spring balance is 0.2 N.

Activity 12.

Let us measure
Aim: To measure the weight and mass of an object using a spring balance.
Materials Required: Pencil box, water bottle filled with water partially.

Procedure :

• Hang a spring balance from the hook of a spring balance (without exceeding its maximum range).
• The pointer or reading on the scale shows the object’s weight in newtons (N).
• This method can be repeated for many objects and results should be recorded in a table.
• The mass scale (in g/kg) on a spring balance assuming earth’s gravity.
• The mass reading is only correct on earth where gravitational acceleration is standard.
• You can repeat the above Activities-10 to 12 for the mass scale which is shown on the left side on the spring balance (Fig. 13) to measure the mass of an object.

Observations :
Measuring weight using a spring balance

S.No.	Object	Weight (N)
1.	Pencil Box
2.	Partially filled water bottle

Inference: We can measure the weight and mass of an object using a spring balance.

Activity 13.

Let us investigate
Aim: To experience a buoyant force or upthrust by a liquid.
Materials Required: A bucket, an empty plastic bottle.

Procedure:

• Take an empty plastic bottle (with its lid closed tightly) and a bucket full of water.
• Now, push the bottle in the water. (See fig.)
• You will feel an upward force or push.
• Does the bottle bounce up and comes on top of water ?

Observation:

• Yes, we feel an upward push on our hand.
• The bottle bounces back up when released.

Inference:

• Gravity (gravitational force acts on downward direction i.e., pulls downward. The buoyant force (upthrust) pushes it upwards.
• If the gravitational force (weight of the object) is greater than buoyant force, the object sinks. i.e. W>U, sink
• If the two forces are equal i.e., W=U, the object floats.
• The density of the liquid affects the buoyant force.

Exploring Forces Class 8 Extra Questions and Answers

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is electrostatic force ? Why is it called non-contact force?
Answer:
The force exerted by a charged body on another charged or uncharged body is called electrostatic force. This force comes into play even when the bodies are not in contact, so it is called non-contact force.

Question 2.
What is Muscular Force ? Why is the force called contact force?
Answer:
Muscular Force : The force resulting due to the action of muscles is called Muscular Force. Since muscular force can be applied on an object when muscle is in contact with the object, so it is called a contact force.

Question 3.
What causes friction ?
Answer:
Friction occurs when two bodies move on each other. Each surface has some irregularities on it. When two such objects move on each other their irregularities get interlocked and friction arises.

Question 4.
You might have noticed that when used for a long time, slippers with rubber soles become slippery. Explain the reason.
Answer:
After using a rubber soles for a long time, their surfaces become smooth. Hence, the friction between the sole and the floor decreases. So, the slippers become slippery.

Question 5.
A blacksmith hammers a hot piece of iron while making a tool. How does the force due to hammering affect the piece of iron?
Answer:
The force due to hammering causes the change in the shape of the iron and iron can be moulded in the shape of the required tool.

Question 6.
Iqbal has to push a lighter box and Seema has to push a similar heavier box on the same floor. Who will have to apply a larger force and why ?
Answer:
The heavy object will be pressed hard against the opposite surface and produces more friction. So Seema will have to apply a larger force due to excess friction.

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
In the following situations identify the agent exerting a force and the object on which it acts. State the effect of the force in each case.
(a) Squeezing a piece of lemon between the fingers to extract its juice.
(b) Taking out paste from a toothpaste tube.
(c) A load suspended from a spring while its other end is on a hook fixed to a wall.
(d) An athlete making a high jump to clear the bar at a certain height.
Answer:
(a) Agent are fingers, object is lemon, effect of force can be observable in form of lemon juice being expelled by squeezing.
(b) Agent is hand of the person squeezing the tube, object is toothpaste tube and effect of the force can be observed as the paste coming out of the tube.
(c) Agent is the load suspended, object is the spring and effect can be seen in the form of elongation of spring on suspension of load.

Question 2.
What are the different types of forces ? Give an example of each.
Answer:
Types of forces : The following are the different types of forces :
(a) Muscular force
(b) Magnetic force
(c) Electrostatic force
(d) Gravitational force
(e) Frictional force
(a) Muscular Force : The force applied by a living being with its muscles is known as muscular force e.g., bullocks apply muscular force to draw a cart.
(b) Magnetic Force : The force exerted by a magnet is called magnetic force. Example: A magnet attracts nails and pins made fron iron even from some distance.
(c) Electrostatic Force : The force exerted by an electrified body is called electrostatic force. Example : Pieces of paper get attracted towards a charged comb.
(d) Gravitational Force : The force of attraction between any two objects possessing mass is called force gravitation. An object dropped from a certain height falls on the earth due to the gravitational force.
(e) Frictional Force : The force which always opposes the motion of one body over another body is called frictional force. Example, a marble rolled on the ground stops after some time due to the frictional force.

Question 3.
An archer shoots an arrow in the air horizontally. However, after moving some distance, the arrow falls to the ground. Name the initial force that sets the arrow in motion. Explain why the arrow ultimately falls down.
Answer:
When an archer shoots an arrow he stretches the string of the bow by applying muscular force. In this process the shape of the bow changes. As soon as the string is released, it regains its original position which provides the initial force to set the arrow in motion. The force of gravity that acts on the arrow in the downward direction which finally brings it to the ground.

Case-Study Based Questions

1. Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions that follow :

Generally, to apply a force on an object, your body has to be in contact with the object. The contact may also be with the help of a stick or a piece of rope. This force is caused by the action of muscles in our body. The force resulting due to the action of muscles is known as the muscular force. Animals also make use of muscular force to carry out their physical activities and other tasks. Animals like bullocks, horses, donkeys and camels are used to perform various tasks for us. In per-forming these tasks they use muscular force. Since muscular force can be applied only when it is in contact with an object, it is also called a contact force.

Like Poles of two magnets repel each other and unlike poles attract each other. A straw is said to have acquired electrostatic charge after it has been rubbed with a sheet of paper. Such a straw is an example of a charged body. The force exerted by a charged body on another charged or uncharged body is known as electrostatic force. This force comes into play even when the bodies are not in contact. The electrostatic force, therefore, is another example of a non-contact force.

Similarly, the force exerted by a magnet on a piece of iron is also a noncontact force. Objects or things fall towards the earth because it pulls them. This force is called the force of gravity, or just gravity. This is an attractive force. The force of gravity acts on all objects. The force of gravity acts on all of us all the time without our being aware of it. Water begins to flow towards the ground as soon as we open a tap. Water in rivers flows downward due to the force of gravity.

(i) Gravity is : …………..
(a) Repulsive
(b) Attraction + Repulsive force
(c) Attractive force
(d) Not a force
Answer:
(c) Attractive force

(ii) An example of a non-contact force is :
(a) force exerted by us to lift a bucket
(b) pushing a stationary car
(c) force exerted by magnet
(d) hitting a circket ball for a 6 run
Answer:
(c) force exerted by magnet

(iii) The force exerted by a charged body on another charged body can :
(a) attract each other
(b) both (a) and (c)
(c) repel each other
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) both (a) and (c)

(iv) Two objects repel each other. This repulsion could be due to charged or uncharged body is :
(a) magnetic force
(b) frictional force
(c) musculer force
(d) electrostatic force
Answer:
(d) electrostatic force

Picture Based Questions

I. Observe the picture and answer the following questions :

(i) Why do soles of shoes wear out?
(a) Due to friction
(b) Due to
old shoes
(c) Due to bad quality
(d) None of
Answer:
(a) Due to friction

(ii) Can it is possible to reduce friction upto zero ?
(a) Yes
(b) No
(c) Some times
(d) 50-50
Answer:
(b) No

Exploring Forces Class 8 MCQ

Multiple Choice Questions (Mcqs)

Question 1.
What is the SI unit of force ?
(a) Newton
(b) Joule
(c) Watt
(d) Kilogram
Answer:
(a) Newton

Question 2.
What is force described as in science ?
(a) Pressure
(b) Push or pull
(c) Friction
(d) Energy
Answer:
(b) Push or pull

Question 3.
Which of these is a non-contact force ?
(a) Friction
(b) Electrostatic force
(c) Tension
(d) Muscular force
Answer:
(b) Electrostatic force

Question 4.
What causes an object thrown upwards to return to earth ?
(a) Air pressure
(b) Gravity
(c) Electrostatics
(d) Friction
Answer:
(b) Gravity

Question 5.
Which of the following changes can a force cause ?
(a) Director change in
(b) Shape change in
(c) Speed change in
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

Assertion and Reasoning

These questions consist of two statements, each printed as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). While answering these questions, you are required to choose any one of the following four responses.

(a) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is not correct explanation for assertion.
(c) Assertion is correct but the reason is wrong.
(d) Assertion is wrong but the reason is correct.

1. Assertion (A): A push or a pull on an object is called a force.
Reason (R): Forces applied on an object in the same direction add to one another.
Answer:
(b) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is not correct explanation for assertion.

2. Assertion (A): A change in either the speed of an object, or its direction of motion, or both, is described as a change in its state of motion.
Reason (R): A force may bring a change in the state of motion of an object.
Answer:
(a) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is correct explanation for assertion.

Fill in the blanks

1. To strecth the bow, the archer applies a force that causes a change in its ………….
Answer:
shape

2. The force applied by the archer to stretch the bow is an example of ………… force.
Answer:
muscular

3. The type of force responsible for a change in the state of motion of the arrow is an example of a ………… force.
Answer:
contact

4. While the arrow moves towards its target, the forces acting on it are due to ………… and that due to ………… of air.
Answer:
gravity and friction

5. A force arises due to ………… between two objects.
Answer:
interaction

True or False

1. A cyclist exerts a force of pull on the paddles of bicycle.
Answer:
False

2. Magnetic force is a contact force.
Answer:
False

3. A force can change the direction of motion of a moving object.
Answer:
True

4. The S.I. unit of pressure is newton per square metre.
Answer:
True

5. Pressure due to a liquid contained in a vessel is equal to all the points on its surface.
Answer:
True

Students can refer to BSE Odisha Class 8 Math Solution and Ganita Prakash Chapter 3 A Story of Numbers Class 8 Question Answer to understand textbook questions step by step.

Class 8 Maths Chapter 3 A Story of Numbers Solutions

Ganita Prakash Class 8 Chapter 3 Solutions

Class 8 Maths Ganita Prakash Chapter 3 Solutions A Story of Numbers

1. REEMA’S CURIOSITY
Page : 51

Question 1.
How do we ensure that all cows have returned safely after grazing?
Answer:
To ensure all cows return safely after grazing, farmers should use a combination of proper fencing and herd management, including counting cows as they enter and leave paddocks, using incentives like feed to encourage return to the holding area, and having a routine that minimizes the risk of lost or separated animals. Regular observation, clear containment through effective fencing, and understanding the animals’ natural behaviors are crucial for a safe herd return.

Question 2.
Do we have fewer cows than our neighbour?
Answer:
How to solve the problem
1. Identify the variables – Look for two specific numbers:
(i) The number of cows you have.
(ii) The number of cows your neighbor has.

2. Compare the numbers – Using the greater than (> is greater than >) and less than (< is less than <) symbols and compare the two numbers.
(i) If your cows < neighbor’s cows, then you have fewer cows.
(ii) If your cows > neighbor’s cows, then you do not have fewer cows than your neighbours.

3. State your conclusion – Answer the question based on the comparison you made

Question 3.
If there are fewer, how many more cows would we need so that we have the same number of cows as our neighbour?
Answer:
To find out how many more cows you need, you simply subtract the number of cows you have from the number of cows your neighbor has.

Formula : Number of more cows needed = (Number of your neighbor’s cows) – (Number of your cows)

Figure it Out : Page : 54

Question 1.
Suppose you are using the number system that uses sticks to represent numbers, as in Method 1. Without using either the number names or the numerals of the Hindu number system, -give a method for adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing two numbers or two collections of sticks.
Answer:
Method 1 : Addition (Putting Together)

• Collect sticks representing the first quantity.
• Collect another set of sticks representing the second quantity.
• Combine both sets into a single group.
• The total number of sticks in the combined group represents the sum.
  Example:
  Group A: | | | | (4 sticks)
  Group B: | | | (3 sticks)
  Total: | | | | | | | (7 sticks)

Method 2: Subtraction (Taking Away)

• Take the Part with the group of sticks representing the larger collection.
• Remove or take away sticks equal to the number of the smaller quantity.
• The remaining sticks show me result of subtraction.
  Example:
  Start with: | | | | | | | (7 sticks)
  Take away: | | | (3 sticks)
  Left: | | | | (4 sticks)

Method 3: Multiplication (Repeated Addition)

• Make several groups of sticks, each containing the same number.
• Count all the sticks across all groups together.
• The total number of sticks represents the product.
  Example:
  Multiply 3 groups of | | | (3 sticks each):
  Group 1: | | |
  Group 2: | | |
  Group 3: | | |
  Total: (| | |) (| | |) (| | |) (9 sticks)

Method 4: Division (Equal Sharing or Grouping)

• Take the total number of sticks.
• Split them into equal groups equal to the given number by which we need to divide
  Either:
  • Count how many sticks are in each group (equal sharing), or
  • Count how many such groups can be made (repeated subtraction).
    Example (Equal Sharing):
    Total: | | | | | | (6 sticks), divide into 2 groups → | | | and | | | (3 sticks each)
    Example (Grouping):
    How many groups of | | (2 sticks) can be made from | | | | | | (6 sticks)?
    3 groups.

Question 2.
One way of extending the number system in Method 2 is by using strings with more than one letter for example, we could use ‘aa’ for 27. How can you extend this system to represent all the numbers? There are many ways of doing it!
Answer:
Treat it like a base-26 system using letters.
Each letter acts like a number and we treat sequences like base-26 numbers, where:
‘a’ = 1, ‘b’ = 2, …, ‘z’ = 26

After ‘z’, we continue with:
‘aa’ = 27
‘ab’ = 28 …
‘az’ = 52
‘ba’ = 53 …,
bb = 54,…, bz = 78, ca = 79, cb = 80,…, cz = 104,…

Question 3.
Try making your own number system.
Answer:
My Own Number System: The “ABC Number System”

• In this number system, I use the letters A, B, C, D and E instead of normal digits.
• Each letter stands for a number: A = 0, B = 1, C = 2, D = 3 and E = 4.
  This means I can count using only these five letters, just like we normally count with digits 0 to 9 in the usual number system.
• I also follow place value – the rightmost letter is worth Is, then 5s, then 25s, and so on (because this is a base-5 system).
  For example, the code BD means B = 1 (in 5s place) and D = 3 (in Is place). So BD = (1 × 5) + 3 = 8.
  This system is fun and feels like a secret code!
• I can count and do Maths using only letters, which helps me understand how numbers can be written in many different ways.

2. SOME EARLY NUMBER SYSTEMS
Figure it Out : Page : 59

Question 1.
Represent the following numbers in the Roman system.
(i) 1222
(ii) 2999
(iii) 302
(iv) 715
Answer:
(i) 1222
Break into parts:
1000 + 200 + 20 + 2 = M + CC + XX + II = MCCXXII

(ii) 2999
Break into parts:
1000 + 1000 + 900 + 90 + 9
= M + M + CM + XC + IX
= MMCMXCIX

(iii) 302
Break into parts:
300 + 2 = CCC + II = CCCII

(iv) 715
Break into parts:
700 + 10 + 5 = DCC + X + V = DCCXV

Figure it Out : Page : 60 – 61

Question 1.
A group of indigenous people in a Pacific island use different sequences of number names to count different objects. Why do you think they do this?
Answer:
Indigenous people on a Pacific island might use different sequences of number names for different objects because their language and culture are closely connected to daily life and nature. They may count coconuts, fish, people or days differently because each object is important in a different way and may follow different traditions.

For example, they might use one type of number word for living things and another for non-living things or they may count pairs of items (like eyes or shoes) instead of single pieces. Using different number systems helps them understand, group and remember things more easily in their own way.

Question 2.
Consider the extension of the Gumulgal number system beyond 6 in the same way of counting by 2s. Come up with ways of performing the different arithmetic operations (+, ×, ÷) for numbers occurring in this system, without using Hindu numerals. Use this to evaluate the following:
(i) (ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar- urapon) + (ukasar-ukasarukasar- urapon)
(ii) (ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar- urapon) – (ukasar-ukasarukasar)
(iii) (ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar- urapon) × (ukasar-ukasar)
(iv) (ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar- ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar) ÷ (ukasar- ukasar)
Answer:
Understanding the Gumulgal number system, which counts in groups of 2 using the following number names:
urapon = 1
ukasar = 2
ukasar-urapon = 3 (2 + 1)
ukasar-ukasar = 4 (2 + 2)
ukasar-ukasar-urapon = 5 (2 + 2 + 1)
ukasar-ukasar-ukasar = 6 (2 + 2 + 2) and so on…
► Converting Gumulgal terms to Hindu numerals:
(ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-urapon) → 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 1 = 9 (ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-urapon) → 2 + 2 + 2 + 1 = 7
(ukasar-ukasar) → 2 + 2 = 4
(ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar) → 8 ukasar = 8 × 2 = 16
► Performing Arithmetic Operations:
(i) Addition : 9 + 7 = 16
→ Convert 16 back into Gumulgal style:
8 ukasar → ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar- ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar

(ii) Subtraction : 9 – 6 = 3 → 2 + 1 = ukasar-urapon

(iii) Multiplication : 9 × 4 = 36 → Break 36 as 2 + 2 + 2 + … 18 times =18 ukasar → ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukaar- ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar-ukasar

(iv) Division : 16 ÷ 4 = 4 → 2 + 2 = ukasar-ukasar

Question 3.
Identify the features of the Hindu number system that make it efficient when compared to the Roman number system.
Answer:
Features that Make the Hindu Number System Efficient than Roman number system:

• Uses a place value system where the position of a digit determines its value.
• Includes zero (0) as both a digit and a placeholder.
• Needs only 10 symbols (0 – 9) to represent any number.
• Allows for easy and quick arithmetic operations (addition, subtraction; etc.).
• Unambiguous and compact representation of even very large numbers.
• Forms the base for modern mathematics and science.
• Globally accepted and used in all fields today.

Question 4.
Using the ideas discussed in this section, try refining the number system you might have made earlier.
Answer:
After learning from this chapter, I improved my number system as follows:

• I improved my number system by making it a base-5 system.
• It uses five symbols: A, B, C, D, E (where A = 0, B = 1, …, E = 4).
• Each position from right to left represents powers of 5 (1, 5, 25, 125…).
• I added place value, so the same symbol has different values based on its position.
• Including A as zero helps avoid confusion and allows writing large numbers easily.
• This system is now more compact, clear and good for calculations, just like the Hindu number system.

3. THE IDEA OF A BASE
Figure it Out : Page : 62

Question 1.
Represent the following numbers in the Egyptian system: 10458, 1023, 2660, 784, 1111, 70707.
Answer:

Question 2.
What numbers do these numerals stand for?

Answer:
(i) 100 + 100 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
= 200 + 70 + 6 = 276

(ii) 1000 + 1000 + 1000 + 1000 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 10 + 10 + 1 + 1 = 4000 + 300 + 20 + 2
= 4322

Figure it Out : Page: 63

Question 1.
Write the following numbers in the above base-5 system using the symbols in Table 2: 15, 50,137, 293, 651.
Answer:

Question 2.
Is there a number that cannot be represented in our base-5 system above? Why or why not?
Answer:
No, there is no number that cannot be represented in our base-5 system.

Because:

• A base-5 system uses digits A, B, C, D, E (which stand for 0 to 4).
• Any number, no matter how big, can be written using combinations of these symbols and place values based on powers of 5 (1,5,25,125…).
• Since there is no upper limit on how many places we can use, we can represent every whole number.

Question 3.
Compute the landmark numbers of a base-7 system. In general, what are the landmark numbers of a base-n system?
Answer:
The landmark numbers of a base-7 system:
In a base-7 system, the landmark numbers are powers of 7:
7⁰ = 1
7¹ = 7
7² = 49
7³ = 343
7⁴ = 2401
7⁵ = 16807 …and so on.
The landmark numbers of a base-n number system are the powers of n starting from n⁰ = 1, n, n², n³,…

Figure it Out : Page : 65

Question 1.
Add the following Egyptian-numerals:

Answer:

Question 2.
Add the following numerals that are in the base-5 system that we created:

Answer:

Figure it Out : Page : 69 – 70

Question 1.
Can there be a number whose representation in Egyptian numerals has one of the symbols occurring 10 or more times? Why not?
Answer:
No, there cannot be a number whose representation in Egyptian numerals has one of the symbols occurring 10 or more times.
Because :

• The Egyptian number system is an additive system, not a place value system.
• Symbols are repeated to add up values, but each symbol is used at most 9 times.
• The system had only a limited number of symbols, each of which was repeated no more than 9 times in writing any number.
  So, whenever a symbol would be needed 10 times or more, Egyptians would move to the next higher symbol instead of repeating it, making their writing more compact and systematic.

Question 2.
Create your own number system of base 4, and represent numbers from 1 to 16.
Answer:
I have created my own number system called the Quad-Code System, which is based on base-4. In this system, I use four special symbols instead of regular digits:
A = 0 B = 1 C = 2 D = 3
In base-4, the place values increase as powers of
4. So, the rightmost place is 4⁰ = 1 = 1, the next is 4¹ = 4 and then 4² = 16 and so on. Using this system, I can write any number using just these four symbols.

Here is how I write numbers from 1 to 16 :

• 1 is written as B
• 2 is written as C
• 3 is written as D
• 4 is written as BA
• 5 is written as BB
• 6 is written as BC
• 7 is written as BD
• 8 is written as CA
• 9 is written as CB
• 10 is written as CC
• 11 is written as CD
• 12 is written as DA
• 13 is written as DB
• 14 is written as DC
• 15 is written as DD
• 16 is written as ABA

Question 3.
Give a simple rule to multiply a given number by 5 in the base-5 system that we created.
Answer:
The simple rule to multiply a number by 5 in the base-5 system I created using symbols (A = 0, B = 1, C = 2, D = 3, E = 4):
Rule : Add a zero (A) at the end of the number In base-5, multiplying any number by 5 is the same as shifting its digits one place to the left and adding A (zero) at the right end – just like adding a zero in base-10 when multiplying by 10.
Example :
Let’s take the number BC (which is 1 × 5 + 2 = 7 in decimal)

Now multiply by 5, just add A at the end to get BCA. BCA in base-5 = 7 × 5 = 35 in decimal
Because in base-5, the digits shift just like in base-10. Adding a zero (A) multiplies the number by the base itself, i.e., 5.

4. PLACE VALUE REPRESENTATION
Figure it Out : Page : 73

Question 1.
Represent the following numbers in the Mesopotamian system –
(i) 63
(ii) 132
(iii) 200
(iv) 60
(v) 3605
Answer:

Page : 76

Question 1.
Represent the following numbers using the Mayan system:
(i) 77
(ii) 100
(iii) 361
(iv) 72.1
Answer:
Mayan System Representation of Numbers
1. Convert to base-20: Divide the number by 20.

2. Determine the remainder and quotient : The quotient becomes the next level, and the remainder the value for the current level.

3. Represent with symbols : Convert the quotient and remainder into Mayan symbols.
(i) For 77:
(i) 77 ÷ 20 = 3 remainder 17
(ii) The remainder 17 would be at the bottom (ones place).
(iii) The quotient 3 would be in the next level (twenties place).
(iv) Result : This would be written with a bar and two dots for 3 at the top, and three bars and two dots for 17 at the bottom.

(ii) For 100 :

• 100 ÷ 20 = 5 remainder 0.
• Result: A bar (5) at the top and a shell (0) at the bottom.

(iii) For 361 :

• 361 ÷ 20 = 18 remainder 1.
• 18 ÷ 20 = 0 remainder 18.
• Result: This would be written with two bars and three dots for 18 at the top, and two bars and three dots for 18 at the bottom.

(iv) For 721 :

• 721 ÷ 20 = 36 remainder 1.
• 36 ÷ 20 = 1 remainder 16.
• 1 ÷ 20 = 0 remainder 1.
• Result: This would be written with two bars and three dots for 18 at the bottom, a bar and one dot for 16 in the middle, and two dots for 1 at the top.

Figure it Out : Page : 80

Question 1.
Why do you think the Chinese alternated between the Zong and Heng symbols? If only the Zong symbols were to be used, how would 41 be represented? Could this numeral be interpreted in any other way if there is no significant space between two successive positions?
Answer:
Using Zong and Heng symbols:

• The Chinese number system used Zong (vertical) and Heng (horizontal) symbols to show place value clearly.
• They alternated the direction of the symbols at each place (units, tens, hundreds, etc.) to avoid confusion when reading the number.
• This made it easier to know which digit belonged to which place even when spaces were small or missing.

► If only Zong symbols were used, how would 41 be written?
In Chinese system : 41 = 4 tens and 1 unit. Using only Zong symbols, it would be written as: (Zong for 4) followed by (Zong for 1) → looks like: IIII IWithout alternating the symbol direction or keeping proper spacing: IIII I could be misread as 5 (i.e., 1 five) instead of 41.
The lack of direction or spacing removes the clue that one part is “tens” and the other is “units”.

► The Chinese alternated between Zong and Heng symbols to make place values visually clear and easy to read, especially in handwritten or closely packed texts. Without this, numbers like 41 could easily be misunderstood.

Question 2.
Form a base-2 place value system using ‘ukasar’ and ‘urapon’ as the digits. Compare this system with that of the Gumulgal’s.
Answer:
To form a base-2 place value system using ‘ukasar’ and ‘urapon’, we assign:

• ‘ukasar’ = 0
• ‘urapon’ = 1
  This system works just like the binary number system, where each position from right to left represents increasing powers of 2. For example:
• The first place is 2⁰ = 1
• The next is 2¹ = 2
• Then 2² = 4 and so on.

So, we can represent numbers like this :

• The number 1 is written as urapon
• The number 2 is written as urapon ukasar
• The number 3 is urapon urapon
• The number 4 becomes urapon ukasar ukasar Each position tells us how many of that power of 2 we have and we use ukasar for 0 and urapon for 1.

Comparison: If we compare this to the Gumulgal number system, there’s a big difference. The Gumulgal system doesn’t use place value. Instead, it adds groups of 2s (ukasar) and Is (urapon) to build numbers. For example, to make 7, they would say something like ukasar-ukasar- ukasar-urapon (2 + 2 + 2 + 1).

So the main difference is the base-2 system with ukasar and urapon is a place value system – more efficient and better for large numbers. The Gumulgal system is group-based and additive, which is fine for small numbers but becomes confusing as numbers get bigger.

Question 3.
Where in your daily lives, and in which professions, do the Hindu numerals, and 0, play an important role? How might our lives have been different if our number system and 0 hadn’t been invented or conceived of?
Answer:
Hindu numerals and the digit 0 are used every day in our lives-for telling time, counting money, reading prices, doing math in school and writing phone numbers. Many professions like banking, teaching, engineering and science rely heavily on this number system. Zero plays a key role in place value and calculations, making big numbers easy to write and understand.

If zero and the Hindu number system had not been invented, life would be very difficult. We would struggle to calculate, trade or even write dates properly. Modern technology like comput¬ers and calculators would not exist, slowing down progress in every field.

Question 4.
The ancient Indians likely used base 10 for the Hindu number system because humans have 10 fingers, and so we can use our fingers to count. But what if we had only 8 fingers? How would we be writing numbers then? What would the Hindu numerals look like if we were using base 8 instead? Base 5? Try writing the base- 10 Hindu numeral 25 as base-8 and base-5 Hindu numerals, respectively. Can you write it in base-2?

Answer:
If humans had only 8 fingers :
We would probably have developed a base-8 number system instead of base-10. Just like we now count from 0 to 9 in base-10, we would count from 0 to 7 in base-8. All our numerals, math and calculations would be based on powers of 8.

Conversion of the base-10 number 25 :
► In base-8:
25 ÷ 8 = 3 remainder 1
3 ÷ 8 = 0 remainder 3
So, 25 in base-8 = 31

► In base-5:
25 ÷ 5 = 5 remainder 0
5 ÷ 5 = 1 remainder 0
1 ÷ 5 = 0 remainder 1
So, 25 in base-5 = 100

► In base-2 (binary):
25 ÷ 2 = 12 remainder 1
12 ÷ 2 = 6 remainder 0
6 ÷ 2 = 3 remainder 0
3 ÷ 2 = 1 remainder 1
1 ÷ 2 = 0 remainder 1

A Story of Numbers Class 8 Extra Questions

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
What numeral is represented by ‘v’ in Roman System?
(a) 1
(b) 5
(c) 10
(d) 100
Solution:
In Roman system ‘v’ represents 5.
(b) 5

Question 2.
Which of the following is incorrectly matched?

Answer:
(d) M 250, is incorrectly matched as M in Roman System represents 1000.

Question 3.
Which of the following Roman Numbers represents the number 1222?
(a) MIIXXII
(b) MCCXII
(c) MCCXXII
(d) MCCCXI
Solution:
Here, 1222 = 1000 + 100 + 100 + 20 + 2
= 1000 + 100 + 100 + 10 + 10 + 1 + 1
= M + C + C + X + X + I + I
= MCCXXII
(c) MCCXXII

Question 4.
Which of the following Roman Numbers represents the number 2999?
(a) MMCMXCIX
(b) IMMM
(c) CMMIC
(d) MMCMCIX
Solution:
Here, 2999 = 1000 + 1000 + 900 + 90 + 9
= MMCMXCIX.
(a) MMCMXCIX

Question 5.
Which of the following Roman Numerals is represented by 2362?
(a) MMCCCLXII
(b) MMMCCLXII
(c) MMCCCLLII
(d) MMCCLCXII
Solution:
Here,
2362 = 1000 + 1000 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 50 + 10 + 1 + 1 = MMCCCLXII
(a) MMCCCLXII

Assertion and Reasoning

(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).
(b) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

Question 1.
Assertion (A) : In Roman numerals LXII represents 62 of Hindu numerals.
Reason (R) : In Roman Numerals L represents 50, X represents 10 and I represents 1 of Hindu System.
Answer:
(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).

Question 2.
Assertion (A) : Roman Numeral CDXIII = Hindu Numeral 413
Reason (R) : ∵, C = 100, D = 500, XIII = 13.
∵, So CD = 400 and CDXIII = 413.
Answer:
(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).

Case Based Questions

Question 1.
Aarya was writing some numbers on a white board. She had put some operation sign in between the numbers.

Based on the above answer the following:
(i) In which numeral these numbers are written?
(ii) What will come in place of blank space in (A)?
(iii) What will come in place of blank space in (B)?
(iv) What will come in place of blank space in (C)?
(v) What will come in place of blank space in (D)?
Answer:
(i) These numbers are of Egyptian number system.

Students can refer to BSE Odisha Class 8 Math Solution and Ganita Prakash Chapter 2 Power Play Class 8 Question Answer to understand textbook questions step by step.

Class 8 Maths Chapter 2 Power Play Solutions

Ganita Prakash Class 8 Chapter 2 Solutions

Class 8 Maths Ganita Prakash Chapter 2 Solutions Power Play

Page : 19

Question 1.
How many times can you fold it over and over?
Estu says “I heard that a sheet of paper can’t be folded more than 7 times”.
Roxie replies “What if we use a thinner paper, like a newspaper or a tissue paper?”
Try it with different types of paper and see what happens.

Answer:
Any paper, how big or small, thick or thin, cannot be folded for more than 7 times.

Question 2.
Say you can fold a sheet of paper as many times as you wish. What would its thickness be after 30 folds? Make a guess.
Let us find out how thick a sheet of paper will be after 46 folds. Assume that the thickness of the sheet is 0.001 cm.
Answer:
We know that,
Thickness after 1^st fold = 2t, if t is the initial thickness.
∴, Thickness after 2nd fold = 2²t.
In this way, we can find that after 30 folds, the thickness = 2³⁰t.

Page : 20

Question 1.
The following table lists the thickness after each fold. Observe that the thickness doubles after each fold.

(We use the sign ‘≈’ to indicate ‘approximately equal to’.)
After 10 folds, the thickness is just above 1 cm (1.024 cm).
After 17 folds, the thickness is about 131 cm (a little more than 4 feet).
Answer:

Fold	Thickness
1	0.002 cm
2	0.004 cm
3	0.008 cm
4	0.016 cm
5	0.032 cm
6	0.064 cm
7	0.128 cm
8	0.256 cm
9	0.512 cm
10	1.024 cm
11	2.048 cm
12	4.096 cm
13	8.192 cm
14	16.384 cm
15	32.768 cm
16	65.536 cm
17	≈ 131 cm

Question 2.
Now, what do you think the thickness would be after 30 folds? 45 folds? Make a guess.
Answer:
After 30 folds :
Thickness = 0.002 × 2³⁰
= 0.002 × 536,870,912
= 1073741824

After 45 folds :
Thickness = 0.002 × 2⁴⁵
= 0.002 × 35184372088832
= 3.518 × 10¹³ m

Question 3.
Fill the table below.

After 26 folds, the thickness is approximately 670 m. Burj Khalifa in Dubai, the tallest building in the world, is 830 m tall.

After 30 folds, the thickness of the paper is about 10.7 km, the typical height at which planes fly. The deepest point discovered in the oceans is the Mariana Trench, with a depth of 11 km.

It might be hard to digest the fact that after just 46 folds, the thickness is more than 7,00,000 km. This is the power of multiplicative growth, also called exponential growth. Let us analyse the growth. We have seen that the thickness doubles after every fold.

Notice the change in thickness after two folds. By how much does it increase?
After any 3 folds, the thickness increases 8 times (= 2 × 2 × 2). Check if that is true. Similarly, from any point, the thickness after 10 folds increases by 1024 times (= 2 multiplied by itself 10 times), as shown in the table below.

Answer:

Fold	Thickness
21	20.8 m
22	41.6 m
23	83.2 m
24	166.4 m
25	332.8 m
26	665.6 m
27	≈ 1.3 km
28	2.6 km
29	5.2 km
30	10.4 km
31	20.8 km
32	41.6 km
33	83.2 km
34	166.4 km
35	332.8 km
36	665.6 km
37	1331.2 km
38	2662.4 km
39	5324.8 km
40	10,649.6 km
41	21,299.2 km
42	42,598.4 km
43	85,196.8 km
44	170,393.6 km
45	340,786.6 km
46	681,572.4 km
47	1,363,144.8 km

We can notice here that with just 30 folds of a paper, which is just 0.002 cm thick, the thickness of the folded paper will be approximately 10.4 km, which is the typical height at which planes fly This thickness is nearly another important milestone of the civilization which is the deepest point discovered in the ocean, i.e., the Mariana Trench, with a depth of about 11 km.

Page : 22

Question 1.
Which expression describes the thickness of a sheet of paper after it is folded 10 times? The initial thickness is represented by the letter-number υ.
(i) 10υ
(ii) 10 + υ
(iii) 2 × 10 × υ
(iv) 2¹⁰
(v) 2¹⁰υ
(vi) 10²υ
Some more examples of exponential notation:
4 × 4 × 4 = 4³ = 64.
(-4) × (-4) × (-4) = (-4)³ = -64.
Similarly,
a × a × a × b × b can be expressed as a³b² (read as a cubed b squared).
a × a × b × b × b × b can be expressed as a²b⁴ (read as a squared b raised to the power 4).
Remember that 4 + 4 + 4 = 3 × 4 = 12, whereas 4 × 4 × 4 = 4³ = 64.
Solution:
Here the initial thickness is υ.
Thickness after 1st fold = 2υ
Thickness after 2nd fold = 2²υ
Thickness after 3rd fold = 2³υ …….
Thickness after 10th fold = 2¹⁰υ
So, (υ) 2¹⁰υ describes the thickness of a sheet of paper after it is folded 10 times.

Question 2.
Express the number 32400 as a product of its prime factors and represent the prime factors in their exponential form.
Solution:
Prime factors of 32400 :

So, 32400 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5
= 2⁴ × 3⁴ × 5², which is the required exponential form.

Question 3.
What is (-)⁵? Is it positive or negative? What about (-1)⁵⁶?
Solution:
(-1)⁵ = (-1) × (-1) × (-1) × (-1) × (-1)
= (-1)
It is negative.
(-1)⁵⁶ = 1, it is positive.

Question 4.
Is (-2)⁴ = 16? Verify.
Solution:
(-2)⁴ = (-2) × (-2) × (-2) × (-2)
= (+4) × (+4) = (+16) = 16

Figure it Out : Page : 22 – 23

Question 1.
E×press the following in exponential form:
(i) 6 × 6 × 6 × 6
(ii) y × y
(iii) b × b × b × b
(iv) 5 × 5 × 7 × 7 × 7
(v) 2 × 2 × a × a
(vi) a × a × a × c × c × c × c × d
Solution:
(i) 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 = (6)⁴
(ii) y × y = (y)²
(iii) b × b × b × b = (b)⁴
(iv) 5 × 5 × 7 × 7 × 7 = (5)² × (7)³
(v) 2 × 2 × a × a = (2)² × (a)²
(vi) a × a × a × c × c × c × c × d = (a)³ × (c)⁴ × (d)¹

Question 2.
Express each of the following as a product of powers of their prime factors in exponential form.
(i) 648
(ii) 405
(iii) 540
(iv) 3600
Solution:
(i) 648 Prime factors of 648 :

So, 648 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
= 2³ × 3⁴

(ii) 405
Prime factors of 405 :

∴, 405 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5
= (3)⁴ × (5) or simply 3⁴ × 5

(iii) 540
Prime factors of 540 :

∴, 540 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5
= 2² × 3³ × 5¹

(iv) 3600
Prime factors of 3600 :

∴, 3600 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5
= 2⁴ × 3² × 5²

Question 3.
Write the numerical value of each of the following:
(i) 2 × 10³
(ii) 7² × 2³
(iii) 3 × 4⁴
(iv) (-3)² × (-5)²
(v) 3² × 10⁴
(vi) (-2)⁵ × (-10)⁶
Solution:
(i) 2 × 10³ = 2 × 10 × 10 × 10 = 2000

(ii) 7² × 2³ = 7 × 7 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 49 × 8 = 392

(iii) 3 × 4⁴ = 3 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 = 3 × 256 = 768

(iv) (-3)² × (-5)² = (-3) × (-3) × (-5) × (-5) = 9 × 25 = 225

(v) 3² × 10⁴ = 3 × 3 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10
= 9 × 10,000 = 90,000

(vi) (-2)⁵ × (-10)⁶ = (-2) × (-2) × (-2) × (-2) × (-2) × (-10) × (-10) × (-10) × (-10) × (-10) × (-10)
= (-32) × 10,00,000 = -3,20,00,000

Page : 23

Question 1.
Three daughters with curious eyes,
Each got three baskets – a kingly prize.
Each basket had three silver keys,
Each opens three big rooms with ease.
Each room had tables – one, two, three,
With three bright necklaces on each, you see.
Each necklace had three diamonds so fine…
Can you count these stones that shine?
Hint : Find out the number of baskets and rooms.

Solution:
Number of daughters = 3
Since each daughter has got 3 baskets,
So number of baskets in total = 3 × 3 = 9
Each basket has three silver keys,
So, number of keys in total = 9 × 3 = 27
Since each silver key opens three big rooms,
Total number of rooms opened by these keys = 27 × 3 = 81
Each room has three tables,
Total number of tables = 81 × 3 = 243
Each table has three necklaces on it,
So, total number of necklaces = 243 × 3 = 729
Now, each necklace has three diamonds,
Hence, total number of diamonds = 729 × 3 = 2187

Question 2.
How many rooms were there altogether?
The information given can be visualised as shown below.

Solution:
From the diagram, the number of rooms is 3⁴. This can be computed by repeatedly multiplying 3 by itself,
3 × 3 = 9.
9 × 3 = 27.
27 × 3 = 81.
81 × 3 = 243.
There were 81 rooms altogether as depicted by the above solution.

Question 3.
How many diamonds were there in total? Can we find out by just one multiplication using the products above?
The number of diamonds is 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 3⁷.
We can write
3⁷ = (3 × 3 × 3 × 3) × (3 × 3 × 3)
We had computed till 3⁴. To find 3⁷, we can just multiply 3⁴ (= 81) with 3³(= 27).
= 3⁴ × 3³

= 81 × 27 = 2187
Solution:
Total number of diamonds = 2187
We can find this number by multiplying the number of necklaces by 3, i.e., 729 × 3 = 2187
Or by multiplying total number of tables by 9, i.e., 243 × 9 = 2187
Or by multiplying total number of rooms by 27, i.e., 243 × 27 = 2187
Note : There can be more ways.

Page : 24

Question 1.
3⁷ can also be written as 3² × 3⁵. Can you reason out why?
This can be easily extended to products where exponents are the same letter-numbers.
Solution:
3⁷ can also be written as 3² × 3⁵ as :
3² × 3⁵ = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 (in expanded form)
= 3⁷ (in exponential form)

Question 2.
Write the product p⁴ × p⁶ in exponential form.
p⁴ × p⁶ = (p × p × p × p) × (p × p × p × p × p × p) = p¹⁰
We can generalise this to –
n^a n^b = n^{a + b} where a and b are counting numbers
Solution:
p⁴ × p⁶ = p × p × p × p × p × p × p × p × p × p_(expanded form)
= p¹⁰ (exponential form)

Question 3.
Use this observation to compute the following.
(i) 2⁹
(ii) 5⁷
(iii) 4⁶
Solution:
(i) 2⁹ = (2 × 2 × 2) × (2 × 2 × 2) × (2 × 2 × 2)
= (8) × (8) × (8) = (64) × (8) = 512

(ii) 5⁷ = (5 × 5 × 5 × 5) × (5 × 5 × 5)
= 5⁴ × 5³ = 625 × 125 = 78125

(iii) 4⁶ = (4 × 4) × (4 × 4) × (4 × 4)
= 16 × 16 × 16 = 256 × 16 = 4096

Question 4.
Is 2¹⁰ also equal to (2⁵)²? Write it as a product.
Solution:
2¹⁰ = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
= (2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2) × (2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2) [Regrouping in group of 5]
= (2⁵) × (2⁵) = (2⁵)²
Note : (a^m)ⁿ = (aⁿ)^m = a^{m × n} = a^mn), where ‘n’ and ‘n’ are counting numbers.

Question 5.
Write the following expressions as a power of a power in at least two different ways:
(i) 8⁶
(ii) 7¹⁵
(iii) 9¹⁴
(iv) 5⁸
Solution:
(i) 8⁶ = (8²)³ Also, 8⁶ = (8²)³
(ii) 7¹⁵ = (7³)⁵ Also, 7¹⁵ = (7⁵)³
(iii) 9¹⁴ = (9²)⁷ Also, 9¹⁴ = (9⁷)²
(iv) 5⁸ = (5²)⁴ Also, 5⁸ = (5⁴)²

Page : 25

Question 1.
In the middle of a beautiful, magical pond lies a bright pink lotus. The number of lotuses doubles every day in this pond. After 30 days, the pond is completely covered with lotuses. On which day was the pond half full?
If the pond is completely covered by lotuses on the 30th day, how much of it is covered by lotuses on the 29th day?
Since the number of lotuses doubles every day, the pond should be half covered on the 29th day.

Solution:
Since the pond is fully filled with lotuses in 30 days.
Hence, the pond should be half covered on the 29th day as number of flowers doubles every day.

Question 2.
Write the number of lotuses (in exponential form) when the pond was –
(i) fully covered
(ii) half covered
Solution:
(i) The number of lotuses when the pond was fully covered = 2³⁰
(ii) The number of lotuses when the pond was half covered = 2²⁹

Question 3.
There is another pond in which the number of lotuses triples every day. When both the ponds had no flowers, Damayanti placed a lotus in the doubling pond. After 4 days, she took all the lotuses from there and put them in the tripling pond. How many lotuses will be in the tripling pond after 4 more days?
After the first 4 days, the number of lotuses is 1 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 2⁴.
After the next 4 days, the number of lotuses is 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 2⁴ × 3⁴.
Solution:
Number of lotuses in the doubling pond after 4 days = 2⁴ = 16
Number of lotuses in the tripling pond after 4 more days = 2⁴ × 3⁴ = 16 × 81 = 1296

Question 4.
What if Damayanti had changed the order in which she placed the flowers in the lakes? How many lotuses would be there?
1 × 3⁴ × 2⁴ = (3 × 3 × 3 × 3) ×(2 × 2 × 2 × 2).
Solution:
If Damayanti had changed the order then she will place the lotus in the tripling pond first and then after 4 days, she will place all lotuses in the doubling pond.
So, the number of lotuses after first 4 days = (3)⁴ = 81
and the number of lotuses after next 4 days = (3)⁴ × (2)⁴ = 81 × 16 = 1296

Question 5.
Can this product be expressed as an exponent mⁿ, where m and n are some counting numbers?
Solution:
Here the product is 3⁴ × 2⁴ which can also be written as
3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
By regrouping we can write them as:
(3 × 2) × (3 × 2) × (3 × 2) × (3 × 2) = 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 = 6⁴, which is the required “mⁿ” form.
Note : a^m × b^m = (a × b)^m = (ab)^m, where ‘m is- a counting number.

Question 6.
Simplify \(\frac{10^4}{5^4}\) and write it in exponential form.
In general, we can show that \(\frac{m^a}{n^a}\) = \(\left(\frac{m}{n}\right)^a .\).
Solution:

= 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 2⁴
Note : \(\frac{a^m}{b^m}\) = (\(\frac{a}{b}\))^m
, where ‘m’ is a counting number.

Page : 26

Question 1.
Estu has 4 dresses and 3 caps. How many different ways can Estu combine the dresses and caps?
For each cap, he can choose any of the 4 dresses, so for 3 caps, 4 + 4 + 4 = 4 × 3 = 12 combinations are possthle. We can also look at it as – for each dress, Estu can choose any of the 3 caps, so for 4 outfits, 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 3 × 4 = 12 combinations are possible.

Solution:
Estu can combine 4 dresses and 3 caps in 4 × 3 ways = 12 ways.

Question 2.
Roxie has 7 dresses, 2 hats, and 3 pairs of shoes. How many different ways can Roxie dress up?

Solution:
Roxie has 7 dresses, 2 hats, and 3 pairs of shoes.
Number of different ways Roxie can dress up = 7 × 2 × 3 = 42.

Question 3.
Estu and Roxie came’across a safe containing old stamps and coins that their great-grandfather had collected. It was secured with a 5-digit password. Since nobody knew the password, they had no option except to try every password until it opened. They were unlucky and the lock only opened with the last password, after they had tried all possible combinations. How many passwords did they end up checking?

Solution:
Getting the 5-digit password is the same as filling 5 empty boxes by 10 different objects if it comes after all the possible combinations.
So,
We can fill the first box in 10 ways, 2nd box in 10 ways, 3rd box in 10 ways, 4th box in 10 ways, and 5th box in 10 ways.
So, total number of possible combinations:
= 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 = 10⁵

Page : 27

Question 1.
How many passwords are possible with such a lock?
Solution:
There will be 10⁵ passwords.

Question 2.
Think about how many combinations are possible in different contexts. Some examples are-
(i) Pincodes of places in India – The Pincode of Vidisha in Madhya Pradesh is 464001. The Pincode of Zemabawk in Mizoram is 796017.
(ii) Mobile numbers.
(iii) Vehicle registration numbers.
Try to find out how these numbers or codes are allotted/generated.
Solution:
(i) Pincodes of places in India contain 6 digits, but the first digit cannot be a zero, though there is no restriction on the rest of the digits. Total number of combinations :

Also, there are no PINs like 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000.
So, total number of combinations for the pincode = 9 × 10⁵ – 9.

(ii) Ignoring the actual system followed while framing a mobile number, we can get the number of combinations as:
= 9 × 10⁹, as there are 10 digits in a mobile number.

(iii) Vehicle registration numbers in Delhi can be like DL4SAG7336.
So, the required number of possible combinations for vehicle registration number can be:
26 × 26 × 9 × 26 × 26 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 – 1
= 26⁵ × 9 × 10⁴ – 1
1 is subtracted as there will not be a registration number in India which will have all four zeroes at the end.

Question 3.
What is 2¹⁰⁰ ÷ 2²⁵ in powers of 2?
In a generalised form,
n^a ÷ n^b = n^{a – b},
where n ≠ 0 and a and b are counting numbers and a > b.
Solution:
2¹⁰⁰ ÷ 2²⁵ = (\(\frac{2^{100}}{2^{25}}\)) = 2^{100 – 25} = 22⁷⁵
Note : a^m ÷ aⁿ = a^{m – n}, where a ≠ 0 and m and n are counting numbers and m > n.

Page : 28

Question 1.
Why can’t n be 0?
Solution:
n cannot be zero as division by zero is not defined.

Question 2.
We have not covered the case when the exponent is 0; for example, what is 2⁰?
Let us define 2⁰ in a way that the generalised form above holds true.
2⁰ = 2^{4 – 4} = 2⁴ ÷ 2⁴ = \(\frac{2 \times 2 \times 2 \times 2}{2 \times 2 \times 2 \times 2}\) = 1.
In fact for any letter number a
2⁰ = 2^{a – a} = 2^a ÷ 2^a 1.
In general,
x^a ÷ x^a = x^{a – a}, and so
1 = x⁰,
where x ≠ 0 and a is a counting number.
Solution:
Let us write 2⁰ = 2 ^{5 – 5}

Therefore, 2⁰ = 1

Page : 29

Question 1.
Can we write 10³ = \(\frac{1}{10^{-3}}\)?
We can write,
\(\frac{1}{10^{-3}}\) = \(\frac{1}{1 / 10^3}\) = 1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{10^{-3}}\) – 1 × 10³ = 10³.
Similarly, 7² \(\frac{1}{7^{-2}}
\) = and 4^a = \(\).
In a generalised form,
n^-a = \(\) and n^a = \(\), where n ≠ 0
Consider the following general forms we have identified.

na × nb = na + b

(na)b = (nb)a = na × b

na ÷ nb = na – b

Solution:
Yes, we can write 10³ = \(\frac{1}{10^{-3}}\)
Note:
(i) n^a × n^b = n^{a + b}
(ii) (n^a)^b = (n^b)^a = n^{a × b}
(iii) n^a ÷ n^b = n^{a – b}

Question 2.
We had required a and b to be counting numbers. Can a and b be any integers? Will the generalised forms still hold true?
Solution:
Yes. But for the case of division, it must be non-zero integer.

Question 3.
Write equivalent forms of the following.
(i) 2^-4
(ii) 10^-5
(iii) (-7)^-2
(iv) (-5)^-3
(v) 10^-100
Solution:
(i) 2^-4 = \(\frac{1}{2^4}\)
(ii) 10^-5 = \(\frac{1}{10^5}\)
(iii) (-7)^-2 = \(\frac{1}{(-7)^2}\)
(iv) (-5)^-3 = \(\frac{1}{(-5)^3}\)
(v) 10^-100 = \(\frac{1}{10^100}\)

Question 4.
Simplify and write the answers exponential form.
(i) 2^-4 × 2⁷
(ii) 3² × 3^-5 × 3⁶
(iii) p³ × p^-10
(iv) 2⁴ × (-4)^-2
(v) 8^p × 8^q
Solution:
(i) 2^-4 × 2⁷ = 2^{– 4 + 7} = 2³

(ii) 3² × 3^-5 × 3⁶ = 3^{2 + (-5) + 6} = 3³

(iii) p³ × p^-10 = p^{3 – 10} = p^-7

(iv) 2⁴ × (-4)^-2 = \(\frac{2^4}{(-4)^2}\) = \(\frac{2^4}{(-4) \times(-4)}\) = \(\frac{2^4}{16}\) = \(\frac{2^4}{2^4}\) = 1

(v) 8^p × 8^q = 8^{p + q}

Page : 30

Question 1.
Can we say that 16384 (4⁷) is 16 (4²) times larger than 1,024 (4⁵)?
Yes, since 4⁷ ÷ 4⁵ = 4².
Solution:
16384 = 4⁷ = 4² × 4⁵ = 16 × 1024
So, we can definitely say that 16384 is 16 times larger than 1024.

Question 2.
How many times larger than 4^-2 is 4²?
Solution:
4² = 4^{– 2 + 4} = 4^-2 × 4⁴
∴ 4² is 4⁴ times larger than 4^-2.

Question 3.
Use the power line for 7 to answer the following questions.

Solution:

Question 4.
Write these numbers in the same way:
(i) 172,
(ii) 5642,
(iii) 6374.
Solution:
(i) 172 = 1 × 10² + 7 × 10¹ + 2 × 10⁰
(ii) 5642 = 5 × 10³ + 6 × 10² + 4 × 10¹ + 2 × 10⁰
(iii) 6374 = 6 × 10³ + 3 × 10² + 7 × 10¹ + 4 × 10⁰.

Question 5.
How can we write 561.903?
561.903 = (5 × 100) + (6 × 10) + 1 + (9 × \(\frac{1}{10}\)) + (0 × \(\frac{1}{100}\)) + (3 × \(\frac{1}{1000}\)).
Writing it using powers of 10, we have
561.903 = (5 × 10²) + (6 × 10¹) + (1 × 10⁰) + (9 × 10^-1) + (0 × 10^-2) + (3 × 10^-3).
Solution:
561.903 = 5 × 10² + 6 × 10¹ + 1 × 10⁰ + 9 × 10^-1 + 0 × 10^-2 + 3 × 10^-3

Page : 31

Question 1.
Write the large-number facts we read just before in this form.
Solution:
In scientific notation or scientific form (also called standard form), we write numbers as x × 10^y where x ≥ 1 and x < 10 is the coefficient and ‘y’, the exponent, is any integer.
For example :
(i) The sun is located
30,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,000 m from the centre of our Milky Way galaxy, i.e., 3.0 × 10²⁰ m.

(ii) The number of stars in our galaxy is 1,00,00,00,00,000, i.e., 1.0 × 10¹¹.

(iii) The mass of the Earth is 59,76,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,000 kg,
i.e., 5.976 × 10²⁴ kg.

Page : 32

Question 1.
Can you say which of the three distances is the smallest?

Solution:
The distance between the Sun and Saturn is 14,33,50,00,00,000 m = 1.4335 × 10¹² m.
The distance between Saturn and Uranus is
14,39,00,00,00,000 m = 1.439 × 10¹² m.
The distance between the Sun and Earth is
1,49,60,00,00,000 m = 1.496 × 10¹¹ m.
Amongst the given distances, the distance between the Sun and the Earth is the smallest.

Question 2.
The number line below shows the distance between the Sun and Saturn (1.4335 × 10¹² m). On the number line below, mark the relative position of the Earth. The distance between the Sun and the Earth is 1.496 × 10¹¹ m.

Solution:

Question 3.
Express the following numbers in standard form.
(i) 59,853
(ii) 65,950
(iii) 34,30,000
(iv) 70,04,00,00,000
Solution:
(i) 59,853 = 5.9853 × 10⁴
(ii) 65,950 = 6.595 × 10⁴
(iii) 34,30,000 = 3.43 × 10⁶
(iv) 70,04,00,00,000 = 7.004 × 10¹⁰

Page : 33

Question 1.
What would be the worth (in rupees) of the donated jaggery? What would be the worth (in rupees) of the donated wheat?

Solution:
Worth of jaggery (₹) = Roxie’s weight in kg × cost of 1 kg jaggery.
Worth of wheat (₹) = Estu’s weight in kg × cost of 1 kg wheat.

Question 2.
Make necessary and reasonable assumptions for the unknowns and find the answers. Remember, Roxie is 13 years old and Estu is 11 years old.
Solution:
Assuming Roxie’s weight to be 45 kg and the cost of 1 kg of jaggery to be ₹70, the worth of the donated jaggery is 45 × 70 = ₹3,150.

Assuming Estu’s weight to be 50 kg and the cost of 1 kg of wheat to be ₹50, the worth of donated wheat is 50 × 50 = ₹2,500.

Question 3.
Roxie wonders, “Instead of jaggery if we use 1-rupee coins, how many coins are needed to equal my weight?”. How can we find out?
Solution:
Weight of a 1-rupee coin = 3.76 grams (approx.)
Let us assume Roxie’s weight be 45 kg.
So, the number of 1-rupee coins = \(\frac{45 \mathrm{~kg}}{3.76 \mathrm{gram}}\) = \(\frac{45000 \text { gram }}{3.76 \text { gram }}\) = 11,968.08511 ≈ 11,968, ₹1 coins

Page : 34

Question 1.
Would the number of coins be in hundreds, thousands, lakhs, crores, or even more? Make an instinctive guess.
Solution:
The number of coins will be in thousands.

Question 2.
Find the answer by making necessary and reasonable assumptions and approximations for the unknowns. Remember, we are not looking for an exact answer but a reasonably close estimate.

Estu asks, “What if we use 5-rupee coins or 10-rupee notes instead?
How much money could it be?”
Solution:
The number of coins = 11,968 (approx.)
Estu says, “When I become an adult, I would like to donate notebooks worth my weight every year”. Roxie says, “When I grow up, I would like to do annadana (offering grains or meals) worth my weight every year”.

Question 3.
How many people might benefit from each of these offerings in a year? Again, guess first before finding out.
Roxie and Estu overheard someone saying- “We did pādayātra for about 400 km to reach this place! We arrived early this morning.”
Solution:
Assuming Roxie’s weight to be 45 kg, she will donate 45 kg of grains. Further assuming that one person requires 15 kg of grains for a month, it will help 1 person for 3 months.

Assuming Estu’s weight to be 50 kg, he will donate 50 notebooks. Further assuming that one person requires 10 notebooks in a year for academic works, it will help 5 children.

Roxie and Estu overheard someone saying – “We did padayatra for about 400 km to reach this place! We arrived early this morning.”

Question 4.
How long ago would they have started their journey?
Solution:
Assuming that a person can walk at the speed of about 4 km/hour, we can find that they have walked for 100 hours to cover 400 km distance:

Assuming that they must have rested during their journey (Padayatra) for about 8 hours each day. So, they have travelled: (24 – 8) = 16 hours each day.
So, number of days they have travelled
= \(\frac{100}{16}\) = 6.25 days
Thus, we can conclude that they would have started their journey 6 days ago.

Page : 35

Question 1.
How many times can a person circumnavigate (go around the world) the Earth in their lifetime if they walk nonstop? Consider the distance around the Earth as 40,000 km.
Solution:
Assuming that a person can walk at the speed of 4 km/h.
If the person walks non-stop, then the person requires:
\(\frac{40,000}{4}\) hours = 10,000 hours to circumnavi-gate the Earth.

Again, let us assume that a person lives for 100 years. Then, in his lifetime he has 100 × 365 × 24 hours.
So, hypothetically the person will circumnavigate for:
= \(\frac{8760}{100}\) = 87.6 times.
Hence, the person will circumnavigate the Earth for 87 times approximately (hypothetically).

Roxie tells Estu about a science- fiction novel she is reading where they build a ladder to reach the moon,
“… I wonder if we actually had a ladder like that, how many steps would it have?”.

Question 2.
What do you think? Make an instinctive guess first.
Solution:
The average distance between the Earth and the Moon is approximately 384,400 km. If
we place steps at \(\frac{1}{2}\) m each, then there will be:
384,400 × 1000 × 2 steps
= 768,800,000 steps = 7.688 × 10⁸ steps.

Page : 36

Question 1.
We have to find out how many 20 cm make 3,84,400 km.
If we calculate the value, we get the result as 1,92,20,00,000 steps, which is 192 crore and 20 lakh steps or 1 billion 922 million steps. The fixed increase in the distance from the earth with each step (a 20 cm gain after each step) is called linear growth.

To cover the distance between the Earth and the Moon, it takes
1,92,20,00,000 steps with linear growth whereas it takes just 46 folds of
a piece of paper with exponential growth! Linear growth is additive,
whereas exponential growth is multiplicative.

Some examples of exponential growth we have seen earlier in this chapter are ‘The Stones that Shine’, ‘Magical Pond’, ‘How Many Combinations’. We shall explore more such interesting examples in a later chapter and also in the next grade.
Solution:
To find out how many 20 cm make 3,84,400 km

= 1.922 × 10⁹
So, 1.922 × 10⁹, 20 cm make 3,84,400 km.

Question 2.
Can you come up with some examples of linear growth and of exponential growth?
Solution:
Some examples of Linear Growth :
(i) Aarya deposits ₹10 everyday in a piggy bank. The money accumulated will be a linear growth as money in the piggy bank will have a sequence as ₹10, ₹20, ₹30, ₹40, ₹50, ₹60, ₹70, ….

(ii) Distance covered by a car which gives a mileage of 12 km by using every litre of fuel. The sequence will be 12 km, 24 km, 36 km, 48 km, 60 km, 72 km, etc.

Some examples of Exponential Growth:
(i) The spread of a virus generally follows exponential growth.
(ii) Savings with a bank increases exponentially when the interest is compounded using compound interest.

Page : 38 – 39

Question 1.
With a global human population of about 8 × 10⁹ and about 4 × 10⁵ African elephants, can we say that there are nearly 20,000 people for every African elephant?
Solution:
To get the number of people for each of the African elephant we divide global human population by the population of African elephants.
So, we obtain \(\frac{8 \times 10^9}{4 \times 10^5}\) = 2 × 10⁴ = 20,000
So, there are nearly 20,000 people for every African elephant.

Question 2.
Calculate and write the answer using scientific notation:
(i) How many ants are there for every human in the world?
(ii) If a flock of starlings contains 10,000 birds, how many flocks could there be in the world?
(iii) If each tree had about 10⁴ leaves, find the total number of leaves on all the trees in the world.
(iv) If you stacked sheets of paper on top of each other, how many would you need to reach the Moon?
Solution:
(i) Population of ants globally = 20 padma
= 20 quadrillion = 2 × 10¹⁶
Global population of humans = 8 × 10⁹
∴, Number of ants for each human being:

= 25 × 10^{14 – 9} = 25 × 10⁵ = 25,00,000
Therefore, there are 25 lakh ants for each human being.

(ii) The estimated global population of starlings is around 1.3 arab = 1.3 billion
= 1,300,000,000 = 1.3 × 10⁹
A flock of starlings contains 10,000 birds.
∴, Number of flocks globally = \(\frac{1.3 \times 10^9}{10^4}\) = 1.3 × 10⁵

(iii) Total estimated number of trees in the world = 3 × 10¹²
Number of leaves on each tree = 10⁴
So, the total number of leaves on all the trees in the world = 3 × 10¹² × 10⁴ = 3 × 10¹⁶

(iv) The distance between the Earth and the Moon = 3,84,400 km.
Assume that the thickness of the sheet of paper = 0.001 cm
So, number of sheets needed to be stacked to reach the moon: = \(\frac{384400 \times 1000 \times 100}{0.001}\)
= 38,440,000,000 × 1000 (∴, \(\frac{1}{0.001}\) = 1000)
= 3.844 × 10¹³

Question 3.
If you have lived for a million seconds, how old would you be?
Solution:
1 million seconds = 1,000,000 seconds
= \(\frac{1000000}{60}\) minutes = 16,666.67 minutes
= 277.78 hours = 11.574 days

Page : 40

Question 1.
10⁵ seconds ≈ 1.16 days and 10⁶ seconds ≈ 11.57 days. Think of some events or phenomena whose time is of the order of
(i) 10⁵ seconds and
(ii) 10⁶ seconds. Write them in scientific notation.
Solution:
(i) Lifespan of an adult mayfly is of the order of 10⁵ seconds.
(ii) The Commonwealth Games typically span 10⁶ seconds.

Page : 42

Question 1.
Calculate and write the answer using scientific notation:
(i) If one star is counted every second, how long would it take to count all the stars in the Universe? Answer in terms of the number of seconds using scientific notation.
(ii) If one could drink a glass of water (200 ml) every 10 seconds, how long would it take to finish the entire volume of water on Earth?
Solution:
(i) Number of stars in the Universe = 2 × 10²³
If one star is counted every second, then to count these stars:
= 2 × 10²³ seconds = 2.0 × 10²³ seconds
Note: for days = \(\frac{2 \times 10^{23}}{60 \times 60 \times 24}\) days = 2.3 × 10¹⁸ days

(ii) Volume of water a person can drink in 10 sec = 200 ml.
So, the volume of water a person can drink in 1 second = 20 ml
The entire volume of water on the Earth = 1.25 × 10²⁴ ml
∴, Time needed to finish the entire volume of
water on Earth = \(\frac{1.25 \times 10^{24}}{20}\) seconds
= 6.25 × 10²² seconds

Page : 43

Question 1.
What does the first part of each name denote?
Continuing this, a thousand trillion is a quadrillion (10¹⁵).
This pattern continues. Observe the names million (10⁶), billion (10⁹), trillion (10¹²), quadrillion (10¹⁵), quintillion (10¹⁸), sextillion (10²¹), septillion (10²⁴), octillion (10²⁷), nonillion (10³⁰), decillion (10³³).
Solution:
The first part of each name denotes: mi → one, bi → two, tri → three, quad —» four, quint → five, sext → six, sept → seven, oct → eight, noni → nine, deci → ten.

Figure it Out: Page : 44 – 45

Question 1.
Find out the units digit in the value of 2²²⁴ ÷ 4³²? [Hint: 4 = 2²]
Solution:
Here, given expression = 2²²⁴ ÷ 4³²
= 2²²⁴ ÷ (2²)³² = 2²²⁴ ÷ 2⁶⁴
= 2^{224 – 64} = 2¹⁶⁰
To find out the unit’s digit, we consider the following:
(2¹ = 2, 2² = 4, 2³ = 8, 2⁴ = 16, 2⁵ = 32, 2⁶ = 64, 2⁷ = 128, 2⁸ = 256, 2⁹ = 512, …
∴, We get 2 if the power is of the form ‘4n + 1’
We get 4 if the power is of the form ‘4n + 2’
We get 8 if the power is of the form ‘4n + 3’
We get 6 if the power is of the form ‘4n’, as its unit place digit.
Now, 160 = 4n for n = 40
So, the unit place digit of 2²²⁴ ÷ 4³² is 6.

Question 2.
There are 5 bottles in a container. Every day, a new container is brought in. How many bottles would be there after 40 days?
Solution:
Number of bottles in a container = 5
Number of bottles brought in each day = 1
In 40 days there will be 40 containers inside.
So, after 40 days there will be 40 × 5 bottles = 200 bottles.

Question 3.
Write the given number as the product of two or more powers in three different ways. The powers can be any integers.
(i) 64³
(ii) 192⁸
(iii) 32^-5
Solution:
(i) 64³ = (2⁶)³ = 2¹⁸
Now, 2¹⁸ can be written as 2^{4 + 14}, 2^{6 + 12}, 2^{10 + 8} etc.
So, 2⁴ × 2¹⁴, 2⁶ × 2¹², 2¹⁰ × 2⁸, etc.

(ii) 192⁸ = 192^{1 + 7} = 192¹ × 192⁷
192⁸ = 192^{4 + 4} = 192⁴ × 192⁴
192⁸ = 192^{6 + 2} = 192⁶ × 192²

(iii) 32^-5 = 32^{– 1 – 4} = 32^-1 × 32^-4
= 32^-5 = 32^{– 2 – 3} = 32^-2 × 32^-3
= 32^-5 = 32^{– 6 + 1} = 32^-6 × 32¹

Question 4.
Examine each statement below and find out if it is ‘Always True’, ‘Only Sometimes True’, or ‘Never True’. Explain your reasoning.
(i) Cube numbers are also square numbers.
(ii) Fourth powers are also square numbers.
(iii) The fifth power of a number is divisible by the cube of that number.
(iv) The product of two cube numbers is a cube number.
(v) q⁴⁶ is both a 4th power and a 6th power (q is a prime number).
Solution:
(i) Sometimes True : Cube numbers like 64, 512, 729, etc., are also square numbers, while numbers like 8, 27, 125, etc., are cube numbers but they are not squares.

(ii) Always True: Any fourth power is also a square number.
It happens because if we consider a⁴ which is the fourth power of a, then a⁴ = a × a × a × a
= (a × a) × (a × a) = (a² × a² = (a²)²
For example: Consider 5⁴ = 5 × 5 × 5 × 5
= (5 × 5) × (5 × 5) = (25) × (25) = (25)²
So, 5⁴ = (25)²

(iii) Always True:
Consider b⁵ ÷ b³ = = b × b
So, the fifth power of a number is divisible by the cube of that number.

(iv) Always True: Consider a³ and b³
∴, product of a³ × b³ = (a × b)³
So, the product of two cube numbers is a cube number.

(v) Never True: q⁴⁶ is neither a 4^th power nor a 6^th power, where q is a prime number, as 46 is neither divisible by 4 nor divisible by 6.

Question 5.
Simplify and write these in the exponential form.
(i) 10^-2 × 10^-5
(ii) 5⁷ ÷ 5⁴
(iii) 9^-7 ÷ 9⁴
(iv) (13^-2)^-3
(v) m⁵n¹²(mn)⁹
Solution:
(i) 10^-2 × 10^-5 =
10^{(-2) + (-5)} = 10^-7

(ii) 5^-7 ÷ 5⁴ = 5^{7 – 4} = 5³

(iii) 9^-7 ÷ 9⁴ = 9^-7-4 = 9^-11

(iv) (13^-2)^-3 ÷ 13^{(-2) × (-3)} = 13^{[(-2) × (-3)]} = 13⁶

(v) m⁵n¹²(mn)⁹ = m⁵n¹²m⁹n⁹ = m^{5 + 9} + n^{12 + 9} + 9 = m¹⁴n²¹

Question 6.
If 12² = 144 what is
(i) (1.2)²
(ii) (0.12)²
(iii) (0.012)²
(iv) 120²
Solution:
(i) (1.2)² = 1.44

(ii) (0.12)² = 0.0144

(iii) (0.012)² = 0.000144

(iv) (120)² = 14400

Question 7.
Circle the numbers that are the same-
2⁴ × 3⁶ 6⁴ × 3² 6¹⁰ 18² × 6² 6²⁴
Solution:

Question 8.
Identify the greater number in each of the following –
(i) 4³ or 3⁴
(ii) 2⁸ or 8²
(iii) 100² or 2¹⁰⁰
Solution:
(i) 4³ > 3⁴
(ii) 2⁸ > 8²
(iii) 2¹⁰⁰ > 100²

Question 9.
A dairy plans to produce 8.5 billion packets of milk in a year. They want a unique ID (identifier) code for each packet. If they choose to use the digits 0 – 9, how many digits should the code consist of?
Solution:
8.5 billion = 8.5 × 10⁹
So, the code should consist of 10 digits.

Question 10.
64 is a square number (8²) and a cube number (4³). Are there other numbers that are both squares and cubes? Is there a way to describe such numbers in general?
Solution:
There are many other numbers which are both squares and cubes, for example- a³ = 729 and 27² = 729, so 729 is both square and cube. 16³ = 4096 and 64² = 4096, so 4096 is both square and cube. We can describe such numbers as (a²)³ and (a³)²

Question 11.
A digital locker has an alphanumeric (it can have both digits and letters) passcode of length 5. Some example codes are G89P0, 38098, BRJKW, and 003AZ. How many such codes are possible?
Solution:
Length of passcode = 5
Since it can have both digits and letter so, there can be (36)⁵ as it will be equal to the ways we can fill 5 boxes by 26 alphabets and 10 digits (0 – 9).

Question 12.
The worldwide population of sheep in 2024 is about 10⁹, and that of goats is also about the same. What is the total population of sheep and goats?
(i) 20⁹
(ii) 10¹¹
(iii) 10¹⁰
(iv) 10¹⁸
(v) 2 × 10¹¹
(vi) 10⁹ ÷ 10⁹.
Solution:
Worldwide population of sheep (2024) = 10⁹
Worldwide population of goats (2024) = 10⁹
The total population of sheep and goats = 10⁹ + 10⁹ = 2 × 10⁹
So, (v) 2 × (10)⁹ and (vi) 10⁹ + 10⁹ are true.

Question 13.
Calculate and write the answer in scientific notation:
(i) If each person in the world had 30 pieces of clothing, find the total number of pieces of clothing.
(ii) There are about 100 million bee colonies in the world. Find the number of honeybees if each colony has about 50,000 bees.
(iii) The human body has about 38 trillion bacterial cells. Find the bacterial population residing in all humans in the world.
(iv) Total time spent eating in a lifetime in seconds.
Solution:
(i) Each person in the world had 30 pieces of clothing.
Number of persons in the world = 8 × 10⁹
The total number of pieces of clothing
= 8 × 10⁹ × 30 = 24 × 10¹⁰ = 2.4 × 10¹¹

(ii) Number of bee colonies in the world
= 100 million = 100 × 10⁶
= Number of honeybees in each colony
= 50000
So, total number of honeybees
= 100 × 10⁶ × 50000 = 5 × 10¹²

(iii) Number of bacterial cells in the human body
= 38 trillion = 38 × 10¹² = 3.8 × 10¹³
Number of the humans in the world = 8 × 10⁹
The total bacterial population residing in all humans in the world = 3.8 × 10¹³ × 8 × 10⁹
= 30.4 × 10²² = 3.04 × 10²³

(iv) Assuming time spent eating in a day = 40 min = 40 × 60 seconds = 2400 seconds Appoximate number of days in human’s life of 100 years = 100 × 365
so, number a person spent eating in a lifetime:
= 100 × 365 × 2400 seconds
= 36.5 × 10,000 × 24
= 876,000,000 = 8.76 × 10⁷ seconds

Question 14.
What was the date 1 arab/1 billion seconds ago?
Solution:
1 arab second = 1,000,000,000 seconds
= 16,666,666.67 minutes
= 277,777.7778 hours
= 11,574.07407 days = 31.710 years
Assuming today’s date as 12 August 2024, then 1 arab seconds ago it was 12 August 1993.

Power Play Class 8 Extra Questions

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Which of the following is same as 2⁴ × 3⁶?
(a) 6⁴
(b) 6⁶
(c) 6⁴ × 3²
(d) 6² × 3⁴
Solution:
Here, 2⁴ × 3⁶ = 2⁴ × 3⁴ × 3²
= (2 × 3)⁴ × 3² = 6⁴ × 3²
(c) 6⁴ × 3²

Question 2.
If thickness of a paper is 0.001 cm, then its thickness after 8th fold is:
(a) 0.128 cm
(b) 0.256 cm
(c) 0.064 cm
(d) 0.032 cm
Solution:
After 1st fold, the thickness = 0.002 cm,
After 2nd fold, the thickness = 0.004 cm,
After 3rd fold, the thickness = 0.008 cm,
After 4th fold, the thickness = 0.016 cm,
After 5th fold, the thickness = 0.032 cm,
After 6th fold, the thickness = 0.064 cm,
After 7th fold, the thickness = 0.128 cm,
After 8th fold, the thickness = 0.256 cm.
(b) 0.256 cm

Question 3.
Which expression describes the thickness of a sheet of paper after it is folded 4 times? The initial thickness is represented by the letter ‘t’
(a) 4t
(b) t⁴
(c) t + 4
(d) 2⁴ t
Solution:
Initial thickness = t
After 1st fold, thickness = 2t
After 2nd fold, thickness = 2²t
After 3rd fold, thickness = 2³t
After 4th fold, thickness = 2⁴t
(d) 2⁴t

Question 4.
The sum of exponents of the prime factors of 32400 is:
(a) 10
(b) 9
(c) 8
(d) 11
Solution:
As 32400 = 2⁴ × 5² × 3⁴
Here, sum of exponents = 4 + 2 + 4 = 10.
(a) 10

Question 5.
2^-4 × 2¹⁰ =
(a) 2¹⁰
(b) 2^-4
(c) 2⁶
(d) 2^-6
Solution:
2^-4 × 2¹⁰ = 2^{– 4 + 10} = 2⁶ (∵, x^a × x^b = x^{a + b})
(c) 2⁶

Assertion and Reasoning

(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).
(b) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

Question 1.
Assertion (A) : 2³ × 2² = 2⁵
Reason (R) : a^m × aⁿ = a^{m + n}
Answer:
(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).

Question 2.
Assertion (A) : a^m × b^m = (ab)^m
Reason (R) : a^m ÷ aⁿ = a^{m – n}
Answer:
(b) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).

Case Based Questions.

Question 1.
Aarya has some dresses, some caps and some pairs of shoes.
Based on the above, answer the following:

(i) If there are 6 dresses, 4 caps and 4 pairs of shoes, then how many combinations of wearing these items are there?
(ii) If there are in total 48 combinations and there are 6 dresses and 4 caps, then how many pairs of shoes are there?
(iii) If there are 10 dresses, 5 caps and some number of pairs of shoes and total number of combinations of dresses and others is 200, then how many pairs of shoes are there?
(iv) If there are 20 dresses, 10 caps and 15 pairs of shoes, then the number of combinations of these items in scientific notation?
Answer:
(i) Number of dresses = 6
Number of caps = 4
Number of shoes = 4
∴, possible combination = 6 × 4 × 4 = 96

(ii) Number of dresses = 6
Number of caps = 4
Total number of possible combination = 48
∴, the number of pairs of shoes = \(\frac{48}{6 \times 4}\) = \(\frac{48}{24}\) = 2

(iii) Number of dresses = 10
Number of caps = 5
Number of possible combinations = 200
∴, pairs of shoes = \(\frac{200}{10 \times 5}\) = \(\frac{200}{50}\) = 4

(iv) Number of dresses = 20
Number of caps = 10
Number of shoes = 15 pairs
∴, Total number of possible combinations
= 20 × 10 × 15 = 3000 = 3.0 × 10³

Go through BSE Odisha Class 8 Science Solutions Chapter 4 Electricity: Magnetic and Heating Effects Question Answer to understand textbook questions more clearly.

Class 8 Science Curiosity Chapter 4 Question Answer

Class 8 Science Ch 4 Electricity: Magnetic and Heating Effects Question Answer

Class 8 Science Chapter 4 Electricity: Magnetic and Heating Effects Question Answer

Probe and Ponder Questions

Question 1.
If we don’t have an electric lamp while making an electric circuit with an electric cell, is there any other way to find out if current is flowing in the circuit?
Answer:
Yes, there are other ways to check if current is flowing. One way is to use a magnetic compass. If you place a compass near the wire and close the circuit, the needle of the compass will deflect when the current flows through the wire. This shows that electricity is passing through the circuit. Another way is to use a device like an electric bell or buzzer, which will make a sound if current is present.

Question 2.
Is it possible to make temporary magnets? How can these be made?
Answer:
Yes, temporary magnets can be made easily. Wrapping a long insulated wire around an iron nail and connecting both ends of the wire to a battery turns the nail into an electromagnet (a temporary magnet). When electric current flows through the wire, the nail acts like a magnet and can attract magnetic materials. When the current is switched off, the nail loses its magnetism.

Question 3.
We can generate heat by burning fossil fuels and wood; but how is heat generated in various electrical appliances?
Answer:
In electrical appliances, heat is generated due to the heating effect of electric current. When electric current passes through a wire or coil (often made of materials like nichrome), the wire offer resistance to the current. This resistance causes some electrical energy to change into heat energy, making the wire hot. That’s why devices like heaters, irons, and toasters become warm when switched on.

Question 4.
How do we know if a cell or a battery is dead? Can all cells and batteries be recharged?
Answer:
A cell or battery is considered dead if it can no longer provide enough current to light a bulb, move a motor, or run any electrical device. Sometimes the device works weakly or not at all, which signals that the battery is dead. Not all cells and batteries can be recharged. Dry cells, like those used in TV remotes, are single-use and cannot be recharged. Rechargeable batteries, such as those in mobile phones and laptops, can be used again and again by recharging them with a charger.

Question 5.
Share your questions …………..
Answer:
Questions are as follows:
Why does reversing the battery terminals in a coil change the direction of the compass needle?
What happens if we use longer wires to make an electromagnet?
Which fruit or vegetable makes the strongest electric cell?
How does a rechargeable battery work differently from a single-use battery?
What materials are best for making heating elements in electric appliances?

InText Questions

Question 1.
Can we use electric current to make a magnet? (Page No. 49)
Answer:
Yes, the magnetic effect of the electric current is used to make a magnet. If an electric current is passed through a long conducting wire coiled around a metal nail or rod, the nail or rod becomes a magnet during the flow of the current. When the electric current flow stops, the nail or the rod does not have a magnetic force.

Question 2.
Does an electromagnet also have two poles like a bar magnet? (Page No. 50)
Answer:
Electromagnets also have two poles like a bar magnet. When an electric current is passed through a conducting wire coiled around an iron nail, one end of the nail becomes the North pole of the magnet, and the other end of the nail becomes the South pole of the magnet. This can be shown by bringing the North pole of a compass needle near two ends (one by one) of the nail, while current is flowing, and observing its deflection in each case. The property of magnets that ‘like poles repel each other’ shows that the electromagnets also have two poles like a bar magnet.

Question 3.
Are electromagnets also used in real life, for lifting objects? (Page No. 52)
Answer:
Electromagnets are widely used in factories and scrap yards to move, lift, and sort heavy metal items. These electromagnets are hung to the cranes. The crane operator moves the hanging magnet with the crane to heavy metal items and switches ON the current. The magnet lifts all magnetic items from the pile of heavy metal items. The crane operator controls and moves the magnet to the other position where these items are to be released. He then switches OFF the current, and the magnetic field disappears; the items are released.

Question 4.
While doing the activity for the electromagnet, did you also notice that the wire ends got warm? Why would that happen? (Page No 52)
Answer:
The wire ends get warm when current flows through the wires for some time. This happens due to the heating effect of electric current. Depending on the nature of the metals used as conductors, the conductors offer some resistance to the flow of the current. In the process, a part of the electric energy is converted into heat energy that warms the ends of the wires.

Question 5.
Can we also make our Voltaic cell using easily available materials? (Page No. 56)
Answer:
We can make our Voltaic cell using fresh lemon pieces, iron nails, copper wires or thin strips and an LED lamp to check the current of the cell. Five iron nails and five copper strips have to be inserted, one in each lemon piece. The copper strip of the first lemon piece should be connected to the iron nail of the second lemon. The copper strip of the second lemon should be connected to the iron nail of the third lemon, and so on. The first iron nail is to be connected to the negative terminal of the LED, and the last copper strip to the positive terminal of the LED. The LED will glow to show that the Voltaic cell is ready.

Electricity: Magnetic and Heating Effects Class 8 Questions and Answers

Keep the Curiosity Alive (Pages 58-61)

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks :

(i) The solution used in a Voltaic cell is called …………
Answer:
Electrolyte

(ii) A current carrying coil behaves like a ………….
Answer:
magnet.

Question 2.
Choose the correct :
(i) Dry cells are less portable compared to Voltaic cells. (True/False)
Answer:
False.
Dry cells are more portable than Voltaic cells because they don’t contain liquid electrolyte.

(ii) A coil becomes an electromagnet only when electric current flows through it. (True/False)
Answer:
True.

(iii) An electromagnet, using a single cell, attracts more iron paper clips than the same electromagnet with a battery of 2 cells. (True/False)
Answer:
False. When more cells are connected, a higher current flows through the coil. This makes the electromagnet stronger, so it should attract more iron paper clips with 2 cells than with a single cell.

Question 3.
An electric current flows through a nichrome wire for a short time.
(i) The wire becomes warm.
(ii) A magnetic compass placed below the wire is deflected.
Choose the correct option :
(a) Only (i) is correct
(b) Only (ii) is correct
(c) Both (i) and (ii) are correct
(d) Both (i) and (ii) are not correct
Answer:
(c) Both (i) and (ii) are correct.

Question 4.
Match the items in Column A with those in Column B.

Answer:

Column A	Column B
(i) Votaic cell	(d) Generates electricity by chemical reactions
(ii) Electric iron	(c) Works on heating effect of electric current
(iii) Nichrome wire	(a) Best suited for electric heater
(iv) Electromagnet	(b) Works on magnetic effect of electric current

Question 5.
Nichrome wire is commonly used in electrical heating devices because it
(i) is a good conductor of electricity.
(ii) generates more heat for a given current.
(iii) is cheaper than copper.
(iv) is an insulator of electricity.
Answer:
(ii) generates more heat for a given current.

Question 6.
Electric heating devices (like an electric heater or a stove) are often considered more convenient than traditional heating methods (like burning firewood or charcoal). Give reason(s) to support this statement considering societal impact.
Answer:
Electrical heating devices are more convenient than traditional heating methods because:

• They do not produce smoke or harmful gases, thus keeping the environment clean.
• They can be easily turned on or off, and the heat can be controlled.
• They help reduce the cutting of trees for firewood and save forests.

Question 7.
Look at the Fig. given below. If the compass placed near the coil deflects :

(i) Draw an arrow on the diagram to show the path of the electric current.
(ii) Explain why the compass needle moves when current flows.
(iii) Predict what would happen to the deflection if you reverse the battery terminals.
Answer:
(i) Path of electric current : The current flows from the positive terminal of the cell to end B, passes through the coil from B to A and then returns to the negative terminal of the cell.

(ii) When the current flows through the coil, it behaves like an electromagnet and produces a magnetic field around it. This magnetic field deflects the compass needle.

(iii) On reversing the battery terminals, the direction of the current in the coil is reversed. As a result, the polarity of the coil’s magnetic field also reverses, and the compass needle deflects in the opposite direction.

Question 8.
Suppose Sumana forgets to move the switch of her lifting electromagnet model to OFF position (in introduction story). After some time, the iron nail no longer picks up the iron paper clips, but the wire wrapped around the iron nail is still warm. Why did the lifting electromagnet stop lifting the clips? Give possible reasons.
Answer:
A lifting electromagnet works only when current flows through it. Since Sumana forgot to switch her electromagnet model to the OFF position, current kept flowing through the coil for a long time. This continuous passage of current made the wire around the iron nail warm and gradually weakened the cell. Finally, the cell ran out of charge, and the electromagnet stopped picking up the paper clips. Another possible reason is that the iron nail became too hot due to the heating of the wire. When iron is heated, it loses its magnetic strength temporarily, so the electromagnet could no longer lift the clips.

Question 9.
In given Fig., in which case the LED will glow when the switch is closed?

Answer:
An electrolyte in a cell is usually an acid, or salt solution. In case (a), lemon juice is a weak acid and a good conductor of electricity. Therefore, a chemical reaction takes place between the electrodes (iron nail and copper strip), allowing current to flow, and the LED glows. In case (b), pure water is a very poor conductor of electricity. Since it is not a good electrolyte, no current flows, so the LED does not glow.

Question 10.
Neha keeps the coil exactly the same as in Activity 4 but slides the iron nail out, leaving only the coiled wire. Will the coil still deflect the compass? If yes, will the deflection be more or less than before?
Answer:
Yes. When the iron nail is removed, the coil alone will still produce a magnetic field and cause the compass needle to deflect. However, the deflection will be less than when the iron nail is inside the coil. This is because inserting the iron nail in the core makes the electromagnet much stronger, leading to greater deflection of the compass needle.

Question 11.
We have four coils, of similar shape and size, made up from iron, copper, aluminium, and nichrome as shown in Fig.

When current is passed through the coils, compass needles placed near the coils will show deflection.
(i) Only in circuit (a)
(ii) Only in circuits (a) and (b)
(iii) Only in circuits (a), (b), and (c)
(iv) In all four circuits
Answer:
(iv) In all four circuts because the compass needle will show deflection in all four circuits.
However, the amount of deflection will not be the same. It depends on the resistance of the coils used in the circuits. The coil with the least resistance allows the maximum current to flow and produces the greatest deflection, while the coil with higher resistance allows less current and produces smaller deflection.

Class 8 Science Chapter 4 Question Answer

Activity 1.

Let us investigate
Aim : To demonstrate the magnetic effect of electric current.
Materials Required : A compass, an electric cell, a cell holder two drawing pins, a safety pin, two nails, two pieces of connecting wire (one longer and one shorter), two small pieces of card board.

Procedure:

• Make a switch with the help of two drawing pins, a safety pin and a cardboard piece.
• Now, place the cell in the cell holder.
• Take two nails and fix it to a piece of cardboard as shown in figure (a).
• Now, attach one end of the wire to the cell holder and another end to switch.
• Place the magnetic compass just beneath the wire between the two nails as shown in figure (a).
• Move the switch to ‘ON’ position and allow electric current to pass through the wire. Note down your observation.
• Now, move the switch to ‘OFF’ position and once again note down your observation.
• Repeat the switch between ‘ON’ and ‘OFF’ position a few more times.

Observations:

• When the switch is ‘ON’ i.e., the current flows and the compass needle gets deflected from its original direction.
• When the switch is ‘OFF’ i.e., current stops and the needle returns to its original direction.

Inferences : The deflection of compass needle shows that the current carrying wire placed above it behaves like a magnet and produce a magnetic field around it.

Activity 2.

Let us explore
Aim : To demonstrate that a coil of wire connected with a cell behaves as a magnet.
Materials Required : 50cm long insulated wire, An iron nail, An electric cell, Iron paper clips, An adhesive tape.

Procedure:

• Take a nail and wrap it tightly with wire around it in the form of a coil and fix it with an adhesive tape.
• Now, connect the ends of the wire to the cell.
• Now, take 4 or 5 iron paper clips and bring the iron nail cose to it. Note down your observation.
• Now disconnect the wire from the cell to stop the flow of electric current in the wire. Again note down your observation.

Activity 3.

Let us experiment
Aim : To construct an electromagnet and show that it attracts iron/steel clips.
Materials Required : 100 cm long flexible insulated wire, a piece of chart paper, an iron nail, an electric cell, two magnetic compasses and few iron/steel paper clips, adhesive tape.

Procedure :

• Take a piece of chart paper and roll it to make a cylinder of diameter approximately equal to the width of a pen or pencil.
• Now, fix the chart paper with adhesive tape.
• Wind the insulated wire 50 times around the cylinder to make a cylindrical coil. [(see fig. (a)]
• Fix the wire with adhesive tape.
• Bring two compasses near the ends of the coil. [see fig. (b)]
• Now, connect the two ends of the coil with a cell and observe the magnetic compasses. [fig. (c)]
• Disconnect the wire from the cell after few seconds, and note down your observation.
• Now, insert an iron nail inside the cylinder and repeat the above steps and note down your observations. [see fig. (d)]
• Bring some iron paper clips near the ends of the nail. [see fig. (e)]

Observations :

• When the coil is connected to a cell it behaves like a magnet and deflects the needle of the magnetic compasses.
• When an iron nail is inserted in the core of the coil, it becomes a stronger magnet and the deflection in compasss is much more than previous.
• It attracts the iron/steel clips.
• As soon as the current is stopped the coil loses its magnetic effect and paper clips fell off.

Inference :
When the current flows through the coil wound around the cylinder in which iron nail is inserted, it produces a magnetic effect. The cylindrical coil behaves like an electromagnet, thus attracting iron/steel paper clips or (pins made of iron). When the circuit is disconnected, the coil (or iron nail) loses its magnetic property.

Activity 4.

Let us investigate
Aim : To demonstrate that an electromagnet also has two poles – North and South.
Materials Required : Same as activity 4.3

Procedure :

• Take an electromagnet which is made in the activity-3 and a magnetic compass.
• Now, label the two ends of the coil as A and B.
• Bring the magnetic compass near end A of the coil. [see fig. (a)]
• Now, we will connect the coil to the cell and not down your observation.
• Which pole of the magnetic compass is attracted towards the end A ?
• Repeat the above steps to find the polarity of end B.

Observations :

• Electromagnet has two poles.
• North pole of magnetic compass is attracted by end A. It means end ‘A’ is south pole.
• South pole of magnetic compass is attracted by end B. It shows that end ‘ B ‘ is North pole.

Inference:

• An electromagnets also has two poles and unlike poles (North-South) attract each other.
• The polarity of the electromagnet reverses if the direction of the current is reversed.

Activity 5.

Let us observe
Aim : To demonstrate the heating effect of electric current.
Materials Required: A nichrome wire of length 10 cm and thickness 0.3 mm (26-28 gauge), a cardboard piece of about 10 cm by 10 cm, two nails, an electric cell, a cell holder, a switch and connecting wires.

Procedure:

• Take two iron nails and fix them 5 cm apart on a cardboard.
• Take about 10 cm long piece of nichrome wire and tie it between the two nails.
• Setup an electric circuit by connecting the two nails to the two terminals of a cell through a switch with the help of copper wire. Switch should be in ‘OFF’ position. (See fig.)
• Now, pass the electric current in the circuit by moving the switch to ‘ON’ position.
• After 30 seconds switch ‘OFF’ and touch the nichrome wire just for a moment.
• Repeat the step (4) and step (5) and confirm your observation.

Observations: We have observed that nichrome wire becomes warm when electric current flows through it.
Inference: This happens because the conductor resists the flow of electric current. This resistance causes some electrical energy to turn into heat energy.

Activity 6.

Let us construct
Aim : To make our own voltanic cell using easily available materials like lemons.
Materials Required : Five or six juicy lemons, copper wires/strips (1-2 mm thick), iron nails, LED and some connecting wire.

Procedure :

• Take five lemons and insert the iron nails in it. There should be small distances between them as shown in fig. (a).
• Now, join the copper wires and nails as shown in fig. (b).
• Take LED and connect the copper wire of the first lemon and the iron nail of the last lemon with the help of connecting wires.
• Note down your observation.
• If LED does not glow we will reverse the connections.
• We should connect positive terminal (longer wire) of the LED to positive terminal of the battery and negative terminal (shorter wire) of the LED to the negative terminal of the battery.
• Observations : LED glows which indicates that cell is working.

Inference:

• Glowing of LED shows that our volatic cell is working.
• Here, metal electrods are copper wires and iron nails and the electrolyte is lemon juice, which help to conduct electricity.

Electricity: Magnetic and Heating Effects Class 8 Extra Questions and Answers

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is an electromagnet? What does it consist of ?
Answer:
An electromagnet is a rod of magnetic material (say soft iron) placed inside a solenoid coil. On passing current in solenoid coil, iron rod begins to behave as a magnet. However, on stopping flow of current in solenoid coil, the iron rod loses its magnetism. Such a magnet is known as the electromagnet.

Question 2.
Do you think an electromagnet can be used for separating plastic bags from a garbage heap? Explain.
Answer:
No, the plastic bags do not get attracted by the magnet, so they cannot be separated by an electromagnet. Plastic bags are not magnetic materials, only magnetic materials like iron can be attracted by the magnet.

Question 3.
A nicrome wire get heated but a copper wire do not get heated when electric current flows through them. Why ?
Answer:
This is because different conductors offer different levels of resistance to flow the current. A nicrome wire, offers higher resistance compare to a copper wire of the same size and length.

Question 4.
Write three factors on which the amount of heat produced by the electric iron depends.
Answer:

• The length of the coil: The longer the coil, the greater is the heat produced.
• The thickness of the coil: The thinner, the coil, more is the heat produced.
• The material of the coil: Coil made of tungsten produces more heat than a coil made of copper.

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
(a) What is an electromagnet ? What does it consist of?
(b) Name one material in each case which is used to make a :
(i) permanent magnet
(ii) temporary magnet.
Answer:
(a) An electromagnet is an appliance which produces a magnetic field around its conductor coil on passing electric current through its coil.
It consists of a core of iron metal or its alloy and a solenoid conductor coil around the core.
(b)

• Alnico alloy is used for making permanent magnets.
• Soft iron metal is used for making temporary magnet.

Question 2.
When the current is switched on through a wire, a compass needle kept nearby gets deflected from its north-south position. Explain.
Answer:
When current is passed through the wire, it deflects the compass near it from its north-south position, behaving like a magnet. This is called magnetic effect of the current. As we know that needle of the compass is made up of a thin magnet, when this needle comes in contact with another magnet the like poles of the magnet repeld each other and opposite poles attract each other. So the deflection is seen in the needle. In this case the wire behaves like a magnet and cause deflection in needle of the compass.

Case-Study Based Questions

1. Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions that follow :

Many devices such as torches, transistors, toys, TV remote controls, use batteries. However, in some of these devices the electric cells are not always placed one after the other. Sometimes the cells are placed side by side. Look carefully inside the battery compartment of any device. There is usually a thick wire or a metal strip connecting the positive terminal of one cell to the negative terminal of the next cell. In order to help you to place the cells correctly in the battery compartment, ‘ + ‘ and ‘-‘ symbols are usually printed there.

(i) In making a battery :
(a) positive terminal of one cell is connected to the negative terminal of the next cell.
(b) positive terminal of one cell is connected to the positive terminal of the next cell.
(c) negative terminal of one cell is connected to the negative terminal of next cell.
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) positive terminal of one cell is connected to the negative terminal of the next cell.

(ii) Which of the devices use a battery?
(a) Torch
(b) Transistor
(c) TV remote control
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

(iii) Arrangement of cells in a device is :
(a) side by side
(b) one after the other
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Picture Based Questions

I. Observe the picture and answer the following questions :

(a) What is shown in this picture ?
Answer:

• Dry cell
• Its internal structure.

(b) Name the parts labelled as A, B, C and D.
Answer:

• A → Metal cap
• B → Carbon rod
• C → Electrolyte
• D → inc container

(c) Which part is used as positive terminal ?
Answer:
A and B together act as positive terminal.

Electricity: Magnetic and Heating Effects Class 8 MCQ

Multiple Choice Questions (Mcqs)

Question 1.
What is produced around a wire when electric current flows through it ?
(a) Magnetic field
(b) Light
(c) Sound
(d) Heat
Answer:
(a) Magnetic field

Question 2.
What does a coil with current flowing through it behave like?
(a) Lamp
(b) Switch
(c) Magnet
(d) Heater
Answer:
(c) Magnet

Question 3.
What makes an electromegnet stronger?
(a) Reducting battery size
(b) Adding more turns to the coil
(c) Using thin wire
(d) Short circuiting the coil
Answer:
(b) Adding more turns to the coil

Question 4.
What happens to a nichrome wire when electric current flows through it ?
(a) It becomes cold
(b) It becomes warm
(c) It melts immediately
(d) It glows in the dark
Answer:
(b) It becomes warm

Question 5.
What material is commonly used in heating devices ?
(a) Aluminium
(b) Nichrome
(c) Copper
(d) Zinc
Answer:
(b) Nichrome

Assertion and Reasoning

These questions consist of two statements, each printed as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). While answering these questions, you are required to choose any one of the following four responses.
(a) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is not correct explanation for assertion.
(c) Assertion is correct but the reason is wrong.
(d) Assertion is wrong but the reason is correct.

1. Assertion (A) : When a electric current flows through a wire , it behaves like a magnet.
Reason (R): Magnetic field is perpendicular to the direction of current flow.
Answer:
(a) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is correct explanation for assertion.

2. Assertion (A) : Amount of heat produced in a wire depends on its material, length and thickness.
Reason (R) : Resistance is directly proportional to the area of cross section and inversely proportional to length of conductor.
Answer:
(c) Assertion is correct but the reason is wrong.

Fill in the blanks

1. The conducting path through the bulb, wires, switch and battery is called …………
Answer:
electric circuit

2. The magnet made by using electric current is called an …………
Answer:
electromagnet

3. An electric current flowing in a wire produces a …………effect.
Answer:
magnetic

4. A current carrying coil of an insulated wire wrapped around a piece of iron is called …………
Answer:
electromagnet

5. A combination of ………… is called a battery.
Answer:
two or more cells

True or False

1. A battery is made by connecting positive terminal of one cell with the positive terminal of the other cell.
Answer:
False

2. The heating element of an electric iron is made of tungsten.
Answer:
False

3. An electromagnet is a temporary magnet.
Answer:
True

4. Electrical fuse is based on the magnetic effect of current.
Answer:
False

5. An electromagnet has two poles.
Answer:
True

Go through BSE Odisha Class 8 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Exploring the Investigative World of Science Question Answer to understand textbook questions more clearly.

Class 8 Science Curiosity Chapter 1 Question Answer

Class 8 Science Ch 1 Exploring the Investigative World of Science Question Answer

Class 8 Science Chapter 1 Exploring the Investigative World of Science Question Answer

Probe and Ponder Questions

Question 1.
Why is one side of a puri thinner than the other?
Answer:
When making puris, the dough is rolled out into flat discs. If the rolling is not even, one side often becomes thinner than the other. While frying, the thinner side cooks and expands faster, often creating an uneven puff and making that side even thinner. This happens because:

• Uneven rolling pressure leads to variable thickness.
• The thinner side traps less air and expands more quickly.

Question 2.
Are there more grains of sand on all the beaches and deserts of the world or more stars in our galaxy?
Answer:
Grains of Sand:

• An average cubic meter of beach sand contains about 10¹⁵ (1 quadrillion) grains.
• Earth’s beaches and deserts are estimated to have approximately 10²⁰ to 10²⁴ grains of sand in total.

Stars in Our Galaxy:

• The Milky Way galaxy contains about 100-400 billion stars ( 10¹¹ to 4 × 10¹¹).

Conclusion: There are far more grains of sand on Earth than stars in our galaxy. However, there are more stars in the universe (about 10²² to 10²⁴) than sand grains on Earth.

Question 3.
Why has nature created such a vast variety of plants and animals?
Answer:
Nature has produced such diversity through the process of evolution. The variety of life forms, called biodiversity, exists because:

• Different environments require different adaptations for survival.
• Variation helps species survive sudden changes in climate, disease, or food supply.
• Random mutations and genetic changes produce new traits, some of which are best suited for specific conditions.
• In summary, the diversity of plants and animals is nature’s way of ensuring survival in constantly changing environments.

Question 4.
Is there such a question that makes you curious about the world?
Answer:
One question that makes me curious is: “How did the very first living cell form from nonliving matter on Earth?” This brings up fascinating discussions about the origin of life, chemistry, and early Earth conditions.

InText Questions

Question 1.
What symbols are used in the book to represent deep knowledge and imagination, respectively? (Page 2)
Answer:
A root at the bottom of the left pages represents deep knowledge, and a kite on top of the right pages represents curiosity and imagination.

Question 2.
What does it mean to investigate like a scientist? (Page 2, 6, 7)
Answer:
It means asking specific questions, designing controlled experiments, making observations, measuring, and drawing conclusions one step at a time.

Question 3.
What is the importance of curiosity in Science? (Page 2)
Answer:
Curiosity is the starting point of Science. Asking “why” and “how” helps us begin investigations and discover new knowledge.

Question 4.
What scientific topics will be covered in the textbook this year? (Page 3, 4, 5)
Answer:
The following chapter will be covered this year:

• Microbes and health
• Electricity and its effects
• Force, pressure, and motion
• Particles, elements, compounds, mixtures
• Light: reflection, mirrors, and lenses
• Phases of the Moon and calendars
• Ecosystems and climate change

Question 5.
How can human activity affect the Earth’s climate? (Page 5)
Answer:
Human actions like burning fossil fuels and deforestation can change the Earth’s temperature, disrupt climate patterns, and cause serious consequences.

Question 6.
Why is one side of a puri thinner than the other? (Page 6)
Answer:
When a puri is fried, steam forms inside, expanding and pushing one side more, making it thinner. This can depend on dough thickness, temperature, or how it’s dropped in oil.

Question 7.
Do puris puff better when made fresh or from stored dough? (Page 7)
Answer:
Puris usually puff better when made from fresh dough rather than stored dough. Fresh dough has the right moisture and softness, which helps the puris puff up properly. Stored dough often becomes dry and hard, making it difficult for the puris to puff up well.

Question 8.
What is a systematic investigation? (Page 7)
Answer:
A method where only one variable is changed at a time, others are kept constant, and careful observations and records are made.

Class 8 Science Chapter 1 Question Answer

Activity.

Activity : Investigating Everyday Phenomena
Aim : To observe various things while making puri or bhatura in your kitchen.

Procedure:
1. Science starts with being curious and asking questions like: Why does a puri puff up? Why is one side thinner? You don’t need a lab-your kitchen is a great place to observe and experiment.2. Step 1 : Ask a scientific question
E.g., How a Puri or a bhatura puffs up when placed in hot oil?
3. Step 2: Identify things you can change (variables):

• Thickness of the dough
• Size of the puri
• Type of flour (atta, maida, etc.)
• Temperature of the oil
• How you put the puri into the oil (dropped straight or slid in)

4. Step 3 : Decide what to observe or measure :

• Does the puri puff up (yes or no) ?
• How long does it take to puff ?
• Does the thickness affect puffing ?

5. Step 4 : Change only one thing at a time :

• So you know what causes the difference. (For example, test different oil temperatures but keep dough thickness the same.)

6. Step 5 : Write down what you see :

• (Does the oil splatter ? Does it smoke ? What smells do you notice ?)

7. Step 6 : Ask new questions based on what you observe :

• Example : Does fresh dough puff better than stored dough? What if there’s a hole in the puri?

Observations:

• A puri puff up due to steam inside it.
• One side of a puri becomes thinner due to uneven thickness during rolling out the puri dough.

Inferences:

• This step-by-step way of experimenting is called systematic investigation.
• Remember, science is about being curious and carefully observing even simple things around you like a puffing puri!

Exploring the Investigative World of Science Class 8 Extra Questions and Answers

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
How does a puri puff up while frying?
Answer:
A puri puff up due to the water in the dough turning into steam when heated. The steam gets trapped inside, making the puri swell like a balloon.

Question 2.
What is the importance of curiosity in science?
Answer:
Curiosity helps us ask questions about everyday things and look for their answers through observation and investigation. It is the first step toward becoming a good scientist.

Question 3.
What does the roots and kites represents ?
Answer:
The roots and kites represents you to stay grounded in real observations, but allow your ideas to soar towards new horizons. i.e., root means deep, solid foundation and kites represents unique ideas, creativity and imaginations.

Question 4.
How do vaccines helps us stay healthy?
Answer:
Vaccines train our body to fight infections by making it ready to respond to certain harmful microbes, thus protecting us from serious diseases.

Question 5.
Explain force with an example.
Answer:
A force is a push or pull that changes the motion of an object. For example, kicking a football applies force and makes it move.

Question 6.
Why do cyclones occur ?
Answer:
Cyclones form due to a large difference in air pressure. Warm moist air rises quickly, forming strong winds and heavy rain around low pressure areas.

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe the step involved in scientific investigation.
Answer:

• Ask a focused question based on curiosity.
• Plan a simple experiment to test the idea.
• Control one variable at a time.
• Observe and record carefully.
• Analyse results and draw conclusions.

Question 2.
Explain how electric current is useful in our daily life.
Answer:

• Provides light through electric bulbs.
• Heats water in geysers and cooks food in heaters.
• Runs motors and machines via magnetic effect.
• Powers home appliances like fans, televisions (TV’s) and fridges.

Question 3.
Write differences between elements, compound and mixtues.
Answer:

• Element : Pure substance made of one kind of atom (e.g., Iron).
• Compound : Two or more elements chemically combined (e.g., Water).
• Mixture : Two or more substances physically combined (e.g., Air).

Question 4.
What is the difference between an observation and an inference in science ?
Answer:
Observation means what you noticed using your tools or senses like seeing a puri puff. But an inference is a logical idea you form from observations, like guessing that hot oil makes steam inside the puri and it becomes puff.

Case-Study Based Questions

1. Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions that follow :

A fair experiment is possible if you change one thing at a time and keep others constant. It will help you to do fair experiments. For example, when frying a puri, you can change the oil temperature or flour type to see how it affects puffing. This is a systematic investigation. Learn important terms like “variables”, “observations” and “experimentation”. They also improve your ability to pick the correct reason or outcome when small changes are made in an experiment.

(i) Why is observation considered critical in science ?
(a) It provides real data to interpret
(b) It replaces theory
(c) It guarantees success
(d) It help avoid reading
Answer:
(a) It provides real data to interpret

(ii) What does this chapter explain about experiments done in professional labs vs. home ?
(a) Home experiments are fake
(b) Home experiments are unsafe
(c) Both are equally valuable
(d) Only lab work is valid
Answer:
(c) Both are equally valuable

(iii) Which phenomenon is used in this chapter to explain scientific curiosity ?
(a) Frying a puri
(b) Spinning top
(c) Lightning
(d) Melting chocolate
Answer:
(a) Frying a puri

(iv) What kind of questions do scientists ask about a puri ?
(a) Why does it taste good ?
(b) Why does it puff ?
(c) Why is it round?
(d) Why is it salty?
Answer:
(b) Why does it puff ?

Picture Based Questions

I. Look at the picture and answer the following questions :

(i) Name a scientific term that can define the picture.
(a) ecosystem
(b) observation
(c) analyses
(d) non of these
Answer:
(a) Ecosystem.

(ii) Why changes in one part of an ecosystem can affect the whole system ?
Answer:
Because all living things are connected which forms an ecosystem.

(iii) Write the name of the elements of ecosystem.
Answer:
Plants, animals, water, air, sunlight, soil etc.

Exploring the Investigative World of Science Class 8 MCQ

Multiple Choice Questions (Mcqs)

Question 1.
Why is one side of a puri often thinner than the other ?
(a) Uneven rolling or frying
(b) Moisture in the dough
(c) Poor oil temperature
(d) Uneven flour quality
Answer:
(a) Uneven rolling or frying

Question 2.
What is meant by ‘systematic investigation’ in science ?
(a) Observing and changing one factor at a time
(b) Memorising theory
(c) Repeating errors
(d) Doing one experiment only
Answer:
(a) Observing and changing one factor at a time

Question 3.
How does one begin a scientific investigation according to the chapter ?
(a) By writing a hypothesis
(b) By buying lab tools
(c) By watching videos
(d) By asking simple or focused questions
Answer:
(d) By asking simple or focused questions

Question 4.
What is the importance of keeping notes during experiments ?
(a) To decorate the textbook
(b) To record change and observations
(c) To write poetry
(d) To impress teachers
Answer:
(b) To record change and observations

Question 5.
Which one is NOT a controllable factor during puri frying, as per the chapter?
(a) Brand of cooking pot
(b) Temperature of oil
(c) Type of flour
(d) Dough thickness
Answer:
(a) Brand of cooking pot

Assertion and Reasoning

These questions consist of two statements, each printed as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). While answering these questions, you are required to choose any one of the following four responses.
(a) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is not correct explanation for assertion.
(c) Assertion is correct but the reason is wrong.
(d) Assertion is wrong but the reason is correct.

1. Assertion (A): In a drop of water, countless microbes live.
Reason (R): All microbes are harmful.
Answer:
(c) Assertion is correct but the reason is wrong.

2. Assertion (A): Electricity has only heating effect.
Reason (R): Electricity has both heating and magnetic effects.
Answer:
(d) Assertion is wrong but the reason is correct.

Fill in the blanks

1. Writing down what you see is called ………….
Answer:
observation

2. Air moves from high pressure to ………… pressure to form winds.
Answer:
low

3. All matter is made of tiny ………… that behave differently in solids, liquids and gases.
Answer:
particles

4. Light can ………… from mirror and ………… through lenses.
Answer:
reflect, refract

5 . Science balance careful observation with ……….. thinking.
Answer:
creative

True or False

1. Light bends when passes through lenses.
Answer:
True

2. Vaccines do not help us to stay healthy and fight infections.
Answer:
False

3. The root and the kite have certain meanings which symbolizes respectively to stay grounded in real observations and creative thinking.
Answer:
True

4. All living things are connected and they form an ecosystems.
Answer:
True

Go through BSE Odisha Class 8 Science Solutions Chapter 3 Health: The Ultimate Treasure Question Answer to understand textbook questions more clearly.

Class 8 Science Curiosity Chapter 3 Question Answer

Class 8 Science Ch 3 Health: The Ultimate Treasure Question Answer

Class 8 Science Chapter 3 Health: The Ultimate Treasure Question Answer

Probe and Ponder Questions

Question 1.
How does your body respond to an infection such as common cold?
Answer:
The body responds to a common cold (caused by viruses) through the immune system. Symptoms like a runny nose, sore throat, or cough occur as the body fights the infection. The immune system produces antibodies to neutralize the virus, and white blood cells attack infected cells. Rest, hydration, and sometimes medication (e.g., for fever) help recovery.

Question 2.
We rarely see cases of smallpox or polio these days, but diseases like diabetes and heart problems are more common. Why?
Answer:
Smallpox and polio have been nearly eradicated due to widespread vaccination programs (e.g., Edward Jenner’s smallpox vaccine, polio vaccines). In contrast, non-communicable diseases (NCDs) like diabetes and heart problems are increasing due to modern lifestyle factors such as unhealthy diets (e.g., processed and junk foods like pizza, burgers, etc.), lack of exercise, stress, and longer life expectancies.

Question 3.
Could climate change lead to new types of diseases?
Answer:
Yes, climate change can lead to new or increased disease risks. Warmer temperatures and changing weather patterns can expand the range of disease-carrying vectors like mosquitoes (e.g., malaria, dengue), alter water quality, and create conditions for new pathogens to emerge or spread more easily.

Question 4.
How do emotions like stress or worry affect us and make us sick?
Answer:
Stress or worry can weaken the immune system by releasing hormones like cortisol, making the body more susceptible to infections (e.g., colds). Chronic stress can also contribute to non-communicable diseases like high blood pressure or diabetes by affecting sleep, diet, and mental health.

Question 5.
Why do some groups of people get affected more than others during disease outbreaks?
Answer:
Some groups are more affected due to factors like weaker immunity (e.g., children, elderly), poor living conditions (e.g., lack of sanitation), malnutrition, or preexisting health issues. Social factors, such as crowded living spaces or limited healthcare access, also increase vulnerability.

Question 6.
Share your questions
(i) What habits do you think are important for staying healthy every day?
Answer:
The following habits are important for daily good health:

• Eating a balanced and nutritious diet (with fruits, vegetables, and whole grains)
• Maintaining personal hygiene (bathing, brushing teeth, washing hands regularly)
• Exercising or being active every day and drinking clean water.
• Getting enough sleep every night.
• Spending time with family and friends for a healthy mind.
• Limiting screen time (phones, TV, computers).
• Staying positive and managing stress (through relaxation, hobbies, or talking to someone)
• Saying no to harmful substances like tobacco, alcohol, and drugs.

(ii) How do your surroundings (like home, school, or playground) affect your health?
Answer:
Your surroundings affect health in many ways:

• Clean surroundings (at home, school, or playground) reduce germs, insects, and the chances of getting diseases.
• Dirty or polluted places can cause illnesses like cough, asthma, and infections.
• Playgrounds that are clean and safe encourage exercise and outdoor activities, which make you physically stronger.
• Clean water and good sanitation at home and school help prevent diseases spread by germs.
• People who live or study in healthy and hygienic environments feel happier, less stressed, and get sick less often.

InText Questions

Question 1.
List some good habits that your parents, teachers or elders often encourage you to follow.
Answer:

• Keep yourself clean and maintain personal hygiene.
• Eat a healthy and balanced diet.
• Exercise regularly.
• Make time to relax or meditate every day.

Question 2.
List some habits that are not good for your health.
Answer:

• Spending too much time on mobile phones or other digital screens.
• Eating fast food and other junk food every day.
• Sleeping very late or not getting enough sleep.
• Skipping meals, especially breakfast.

Question 3.
Are diseases always caused by infections? (Page 35)
Answer:
No, diseases are not always caused by infections. It may causes due to some other reasons also which is given below :

• Hormonal imbalance
• Unhealthy eating habits
• Lack of physical activity
• Overweight or obese
• Cholesterol buildup and other reasons.

Question 4.
What will happen if I take excess amount of Iodine? (Page 36)
Answer:
Excess iodine disrupt the normal functioning of the thyroid gland, which can lead to various issues like both hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism.

Health: The Ultimate Treasure Class 8 Questions and Answers

Keep the Curiosity Alive (Pages 42-45)

Question 1.
Group the diseases shown in the images as communicable or non-communicable.

Communicable Diseases:

• Cold and flu: Spread from person to person (through air, droplets, etc.).
• Typhoid: Spread through contaminated food and water.
• Chickenpox: Spread from person to person (through air or direct contact).

Non-Communicable Diseases:

• Diabetes: It is not caused by pathogens and does not spread from person to person: usually linked to lifestyle or genetic factors.
• Asthma: It is not an infections disease; related to environmental, genetic or lifestyle causes.

Question 2.
Diseases can be broadly grouped into communicable and non-communicable diseases. From the options given below, identify the non-communicable diseases.
(i) Typhoid
(ii) Asthma
(iii) Diabetes
(iv) Measles
Options:
(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (i) and (iv)
(d) (ii) and (iv)
Answer:
The non-communicable diseases from the options are Asthma and Diabetes. So, the correct answer is: (b) (ii) and (iii).

Question 3.
There is a flu outbreak in your school. Several classmates are absent, while some are still coming to school coughing and sneezing.
(a) What immediate actions should the school take to prevent further spread?
(b) If your classmate, who shares the bench with you, starts showing symptoms of the flu, how can you respond in a considerate way without being rude or hurtful?
(c) How can you protect yourself and others from getting infected in this situation?
Answer:
The following immediate actions should be taken by the school to prevent further spread
(a)

• Give advice to sick students to stay at home until they are fully recovered.
• Provide soap or hand sanitizers in classrooms and washrooms.
• Open the windows and doors.
• Give instructions everyone to cover their mouth and nose when coughing or sneezing (use tissue, handkerchief or elbow).
• Do not share personal items such as water bottles, food and handkerchiefs.

(b) You should speak kindly and gently: You can say something like, “You are not looking well. May be you should tell the teacher or visit the school nurse.”

• You should offer them a tissue or hand sanitizer if they are coughing or sneezing.
• You should encourage them to cover their mouth and nose while coughing or sneezing, if they aren’t already doing so.
• You should keep a reasonable distance if possible, but without making them feel excluded or embarrassed.
• You should do not tease or blame them-show understanding, as anyone can get sick.

(c)

• Wash your hands with soap after touching the shared surfaces or before eating.
• Do not touch your face (nose, mouth, eyes) after touching the surfaces, desk etc. in the class.
• Use a mask.
• Maintain a proper distance from those who are coughing or sneezing.
• Bring and use your own water bottle.
• Eat nutritious food and get enough sleep to keep your immune system strong.
• Tell your teacher if you start to feel unwell so that you can go home.

Question 4.
Your family is planning to travel to another city where malaria is prevalent.
(a) What precautions should you take before, during, and after the trip?
(b) How can you explain the importance of mosquito nets or repellents to your sibling?
(c) What could happen if travellers ignore health advisories in such areas?
Answer:
(a) You must take the following precautions before the trip:

• You should learn about malaria in the city you’re visiting.
• Visit a doctor for advice-sometimes preventive medicines (antimalarial tablets) may be recommended.
• You should pack mosquito repellents, bed nets, and long-sleeved clothes.
• Make sure your vaccinations are up to date.

During the trip :

• Sleep under a mosquito net, especially at night.
• Apply mosquito repellent to skin and clothes, especially during dusk and dawn when mosquitoes are most active.
• Wear long-sleeved shirts, long pants, and socks to cover your skin.
• Stay in places with screened windows/doors or air conditioning if possible.
• Avoid areas with stagnant water, as these are mosquito breeding spots.

After the trip :

• Watch for symptoms like fever, shivering, body aches or tiredness for several weeks after travel.
• Visit a doctor immediately if you feel unwell or develop a fever.
• Complete any recommended preventive medication even after

(b) Explain to your sibling that mosquitoes spread malaria and that nets or repellents protect by blocking bites.

(c) If travellers ignore health advisories in such areas, they risk malaria infection, severe illness, or even death.

• Tell your teacher if you start to feel unwell so that you can go home.

Question 5.
Your uncle has started smoking just to fit in with his friends, even though it is well known that smoking can seriously harm health and even cause death.
(a) What would you say to him to make him stop, without being rude?
(b) What would you do if your friend offers you a cigarette at a party?
(c) How can schools help prevent students from indulging in such harmful habits?
Answer:
(a) Dear Uncle, I care about your health and well-being, and I want to talk to you about smoking. It’s well-known that smoking can lead to serious health issues, including heart disease and lung cancer. Quitting smoking can greatly improve your health and quality of life.

(b) Politely decline the cigarette at the party and explain the health risks to your friend. Remember: It’s okay to say NO and you don’t need to do something just to fit in.

(c) Schools can help prevent students from indulging in such habits by educating them about the health risks and organizing awareness programs regularly.

Question 6.
Saniya claims to her friend Vinita that “Antibiotics can cure any infection, so we don’t need to worry about diseases.” What question(s) can Vinita ask her to help Saniya understand that her statement is incorrect?
Answer:
Antibiotics only work against bacterial infections, not viral diseases like cold or flu. Overuse can lead to resistance. Here are some questions Vinita can ask Saniya.

• Can antibiotics cure infections caused by viruses, like the common cold or flu ?
• Do you know what could happen if people use antibiotics when they don’t need them ?

Question 7.
The following table contains information about the number of dengue cases reported in a hospital over a period of one vear:

Make a bar graph of the number of cases on the Y-axis and the month on the X-axis. Critically analyse your findings and answer the following:
Answer:

(i) In which three months were the dengue cases highest?
Answer:
The three months with the highest number of dengue cases are: July: 65 cases August: 65 cases September:65 cases These are the peak months where the number of cases remained the same and were the highest for the year.

(ii) In which month(s) were the cases lowest?
Answer:
The lowest number of dengue cases was reported in January (10 cases). February (12 cases) and March ( 15 cases) are also low, but January is the lowest.

(iii) What natural or environmental factors during the peak months might contribute to the increase in dengue cases?
Answer:
Natural or environmental factors during the peak months, such as the rainy season and standing water for mosquito breeding, might contribute to the increase in dengue cases.

(iv) Suggest a few preventive steps that the community or government can take before the peak season to reduce the spread of dengue.
Answer:
The community or government can take preventive steps like removing stagnant water, using mosquito nets, and spraying insecticides during this period regularly to reduce the spread of dengue.

Question 8.
Imagine you are in charge of a school health campaign. What key messages would you use to reduce communicable and non-communicable diseases?
Answer:
I would use the following key health messages to reduce communicable and noncommunicable diseases:
(a) Personal Hygiene: like wash your hand with soap, keep your cloth, body and surroundings clean.
(b) Healthy eating: Take balanced diet with fruits, vegetables, whole grains etc., Avoid junk food and fatty snacks.
(c) Physical Activity: Do exercises, yoga and play outdoor games.
(d) Vaccination: Get vaccinated like polio, measles, hepatitis.
(e) Take some preventive measures: Cover your mouth and nose when coughing, sneezing and do not share personal items.
(f) Avoid harmful habits: Say no to tobacco, alcohol and drugs.
(g) Good Sanitation:

• Use of toilets, do not practice open defecation.
• Cover your water container and do not allow water to be stagnant around your house.

(h) Mental and Social well-being :

• Talk to some one when you are stressed.
• Maintain friendship and positive mind.

Question 9.
It is recommended that we should not take an antibiotic for a viral infection like a cold, a cough, or flu. Can you provide the possible reason for this recommendation?
Answer:
This is because antibiotics work only against bacteria. It do not work against viruses. Diseases like the common cold, cough or flu are caused by viruses. So, antibiotics will not cure them. If you take antibiotics when they are not needed can make bacteria in your body resistant. So, it will not work when you really needed for bacterial infections later.

Question 10.
Which disease(s) among the following may spread if drinking water gets contaminated by the excreta from an infected person?
Hepatitis A, Tuberculosis, Poliomyelitis, Cholera, Chickenpox.
Answer:
The following diseases may spread if drinking water gets contaminated by the excreta of an infected person :

• Hepatitis A
• Poliomyelitis (Polio)
• Cholera

Tuberculosis and Chickenpox do not spread through contaminated water from excreta; they mainly spread through the air from person-to-person contact.

Question 11.
When our body encounters a pathogen for the first time, the immune response is generally low but on exposure to the same pathogen again, the immune response by the body is much more compared to the first exposure. Why is it so?
Answer:

• On exposure to the same pythogen again the immune system “remembers” the germ. If the same pathogen enters the body again, the immune system responds much faster and stronger because it is already prepared to fight it.
• This is why vaccinations work-they help train our immune system so we are protected if we ever encounter the real germ in the future.

Class 8 Science Chapter 3 Question Answer

Activity 1.

Let us read
Aim: A student’s story
A Case Study: A Grade 8 student moved to a new school in another city. With no friends in his new environment and busy parents, he felt lonely. To cope, he spent more time on his phone and social media, but this made him feel worse and caused.

• Headaches
• Weight loss
• Trouble sleeping

Cause and Solution :
A doctor advised him to reduce screen time and consult a counsellor. The school counsellor arranged help to support him in making friends and improving his health.

• Loneliness and too much screen time caused both physical and mental health problems.
• Making new friends and support from adults helped him feel better.

Inferences:

• According to the World Health Organization (WHO), Health is defined as a ‘state of complete physical, mental, and social well-being, and not merely the absence of disease’.
• A healthy person can perform various tasks more efficiently and cope well in different and difficult situations and they can adjust well with peer groups and other members of society.

Activity 2.
Let us list
Aim: To make a list of good and bad habits.
Materials Required: A pen, paper and scale.

Procedure:

1. Make a list of some good habits that your parents, teachers, or elders often advise you to follow. How many of these are already a part of your daily routine? Which ones would you like to start following? Add to the list below:

2. Good Habits:

• You should keep yourself clean and maintain personal hygiene.
• You must eat a healthy and balanced diet.
• You should exercise regularly.
• You should make time to relax or meditate every day.

3. Bad Habits :

• Spending too much time on mobile phones or other digital screens.
• Do not eat junk food and other junk food every day.
• Avoid sleeping very late or not getting enough sleep.
• Skipping meals, especially breakfast.

Observations: Taking care of our body and mind is important. Healthy habits support a healthy body as well as a healthy mind.
Inference: Our health depends on many factors. These factors include our lifestyle (how we live) and our environment (our surroundings).

Activity 3

Let us compare
Aim: To keep the environment clean.

Procedure / Theory:
1. Look at Fig. (a) and Fig. (b). Which playground would you like to play in, and why?
2. A clean, well-maintained playground is better for playing because it’s safe and healthy (and looks beautiful).
3. The playground in Fig. (b) is polluted, dirty, unhygienic, and full of flies and mosquitoes. People living in such areas may fall sick more often.
4. Why clean surroundings matter:

• Clean air and water are important for our health.
• In cities, air pollution from vehicles and factories can cause problems like coughing or asthma.
• The Air Quality Index (AQI) helps us to know how clean the air is. A cleaner environment helps us to stay healthy and feel better.

5. Importance of feelings and relationships :

• Health is not just about the body; feelings and relations matter too.
  

Health: The Ultimate Treasure (Curiosity)

• Even if we eat well and live in a clean place, we may not feel good if we are lonely or upset.
• Spending time with friends and family, talking, laughing, and having fun help keep our minds healthy too.

Observations: We must keep ourselves and our surroundings clean.

Inference :

• In addition to good habits and adopting a healthy lifestyle, we must clean ourselves and our surroundings clean.
• Clean air, water are also important.
• Feelings and relationships matter for good health.

Activity 4

Let us find out
Aim:
(I) Diseases spread through air
(II) Diseases spreads through contaminated water and food.
(III) Diseases transmitted by insects. Their symptoms and preventive measures.

Procedure / Theory:
I. Table: Some common communicable diseases affecting humans

II. Diseases spread through contaminated water and food.

III. Diseases transmitted by insects

Activity 5

Let us survey
Aim: To perform a survey in your neighbourhood.
Sources Required: Books, trusted websites (Internet), teachers, doctors etc.

Procedure :

• First of all make a group of 5 students and find out the three most common lifestyle-related diseases in your colony or neighbourhood.
• Talk to a doctor, nurse, health worker or any other persons who knows about lifestyle diseases and their preventive measures.
• You have to understand that how lifestyle changes can help to prevent or manage these diseases.

Observations: Fill in the table given below with the help of doctors, teachers, websites etc. and observe more about lifestyle-related diseases.

Answer:

Inference:

• Lifestyle-related diseases can be prevented or controlled by changing your lifestyle, diet etc.
• Regular exercise, yoga and meditation are essential to mange your stress.

Theory:

Case Study 1: Odisha – community-led sanitation campaign.

• In Bhadrak district, Odisha, a community sanitation campaign helped more people build and use toilets. This reduced open defecation significantly, and improved child health, with fewer cases of diarrhoea and infections.
• What do you infer from this case study ?

Case Study 2: Ability of the body to fight diseases
We have noticed that some childrens or people get sick more frequently than others, even though they are living in a similar environment. Do you know why ?

Case Study 3: Edward Jenner and the smallpox vaccine
We might have taken some drops or injections in our childhood to protect ourself from certain diseases, such as polio, measles, tetanus, and hepatitis. These are vaccines that help prevent serious infections caused by viruses and bacteria.

Observations:

• Good sanitation reduced the communicable diseases.
• Childrens or people having strong immune system do not get sick more frequently.
• Vaccine help our body fight certain disease by providing acquired immunity.

Inference:

The following three methods are essential to prevent and control diseases.

• Good sanitation and cleanliness.
• Strong immunity
• Vaccination

Activity 7

Let us infer

Aim: Develoment of antibiotic resistance in bacterial pathogens and precautions to reduce it.
Theory / Resources: Study the infographic given in the adjoining figure.

Observations :
We should take the following precautions:

• Take antibiotics wisely – only when prescribed by a doctor.
• Take the correct dose of it even if you feel better and for the right duration.
• Avoid unnecessary use of antibiotics or some one else’s prescription.
• Farmers should avoid giving antibiotics unnecessarily to animals.

Inference:

• Antibiotic resistance can be controlled if we use it wisely.
• Antibiotic resistance make common infections harder to treat and increase the risk of complications, prolonged illness and even death.

Health: The Ultimate Treasure Class 8 Extra Questions and Answers

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
How did screen time and loneliness affect the health of students?
Answer:
Excessive screen time and loneliness caused headaches, weight loss and problems in sleeping-which shows that there is a link between mental and physical health. Counselling and making friends improved his well-being.

Question 2.
How do communicable diseases spread through air ?
Answer:
Infected people release droplets with pathogens by coughing/sneezing/talking; others inhale them and get infected (e.g., flu, TB).

Question 3.
What are the differences between actue and chronic diseases ?
Answer:

Actue disease	Chronic disease
1. They are short duration diseases.	1. A chronic disease is one that lasts for a long time. (more than 3 months)
2. It recovers very soon, not have enough time to cause major effects on general health. E.g. : common cold.	2. It is treated in a long time and causes prolonged general poor health. Example : cancer.

Question 4.
Why does a person suffered once from small pox cannot suffer with it again?
Answer:
This is because when the immune system of our body first comes across an infectious organism like a virus causing small pox, it responds against virus and then remembers it specifically. When next time that particular microbe or its close relatives enter the body, the immune system of the body responds with the pathogen even with greater vigour. This eliminates the infection more quickly than the first time and thus we do not suffer with disease again.

Question 5.
How is malaria transmitted ?
Answer:
Malaria is caused by a protozoan called plasmodium, which lives in the blood and liver of an infected person. When a female, Anopheles mosquito sucks blood from an infected person, it absorbs plasmodium into its stomach along with blood. Here, the plasmodium multiplies and then passes in the salivary glands of the mosquito. When this infected mosquito bites a healthy person it injects plasmodium into his blood alongwith saliva. The healthy person then gets infected with malaria.

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
How would you maintain a healthy lifestyle?
Answer:
We can maintain a healthy lifestyle.

• By eating a balanced diet with plenty of fruits, vegetables and whole grains.
• Avoid processed, fatty, or sugary food and drinks.
• Stay physically active by playing outdoors, walking, running, cycling, or exercising.
• Limit screen time and spend more time in nature.
• Get enough sleep to help your body and mind rest and recover.
• Practice yoga or simple breathing exercises like pranayama regularly.
• Say ‘NO’ to harmful substances things like tobacco, alcohol, and addictive drugs.

Question 2.
Explain giving reasons :
(a) Balanced diet is necessary for maintaining healthy body.
(b) Health of an organism depends upon the surrounding environmental conditions.
(c) Our surrounding area should be free of stagnant water.
(d) Social harmony and good economic conditions are necessary for good health.
Answer:
(a) Food is necessary for the growth and development of the body. Balanced diet provides raw materials and energy in appropriate amount needed for the substances likes protein, carbohy-drates, fats, minerals etc, which in turn are essential for the proper growth and functioning of the healthy body.

(b) Health is a state of being well enough to function well physically, mentally and socially and these conditions depend upon the surrounding environmental conditions, e.g., If there is unhygienic conditions in surroundings area, it is likely we might get infected or diseased.

(c) This is so because many water borne diseases and insect vectors flourish in stagnant water which cause diseases in human beings.

(d) Human beings live in societies and different localities like villages or cities, which determines the social and physical environment and hence both are to be kept in harmony. Public cleanliness is important for individual health. For better living conditions lot of money is required. We need good food for healthy body and for this we have to earn more. For the treatment of diseases also, one has to be in good economic condition.

Case-Study Based Questions

1. Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions that follow :

Diseases such as cancer, diabetes and asthma may often persist for a long time (more than 3 months) and are referred to as chronic diseases.
Diabetes is a common disease which is becoming more prevalent in adults as well as children. In fact, India now has one of the highest numbers of people with diabetes in the world. It often develops due to a combination of hormonal imbalances, unhealthy eating habits, lack of physical activity, being overweight or obese and other reasons.

(i) Which of the following is not a chronic disease ?
(a) diabetes
(b) asthma
(c) cancer
(d) common cold
Answer:
(d) common cold

(ii) Diabetes develops due to :
(a) harmonal imbalances
(b) unhealthy eating
(c) being overweight
(d) all of these
Answer:
(d) all of these

(iii) Chronic diseases generally persist for:
(a) 2 months only
(b) 1 month only
(c) more than 3 months
(d) less than 3 months
Answer:
(c) more than 3 months

Picture Based Questions

I. Study the picture given below and answer the following questions.

(a) How can the spread of such diseases be controlled?
(a) By preventing overcrowding
(b) By making rooms and houses well ventilated
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

(b) Name the diseases that can be spread through the above means.
(a) Tuberclosis
(b) pneumonia
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) none of these
Answer:
Both (a) and (b)

Health: The Ultimate Treasure Class 8 MCQ

Multiple Choice Questions (Mcqs)

Question 1.
Which of the following is a communicable disease ?
(a) Diabetes
(b) Measles
(c) Cancer
(d) Asthma
Answer:
(b) Measles

Question 2.
What is the main cause of diarrhoea in children according to the Odisha campaign?
(a) Air pollution
(b) Open defecation
(c) Loud noise
(d) Eating sweets
Answer:
(b) Open defecation

Question 3.
Vectors can be defined as :
(a) microorganisms which cause many diseases
(b) animal carry the infecting agents from sick person to another healthy person
(c) infected person
(d) diseased plants
Answer:
(b) animal carry the infecting agents from sick person to another healthy person

Question 4.
If you live in a overcrowded and poorly ventilated house, it is possible that you may suffer from which of the following diseases.
(a) Cholera
(b) AIDS
(c) Air borne diseases
(d) Cancer
Answer:
(c) Air borne diseases

Question 5.
Which one of the following is not important for individual health ?
(a) living in clean space
(b) good economic condition
(c) social equality and harmony
(d) living in a large and well furnished house
Answer:
(d) living in a large and well furnished house

Assertion and Reasoning

These questions consist of two statements, each printed as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). While answering these questions, you are required to choose any one of the following four responses.
(a) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion and reason both are correct and reason is not correct explanation for assertion.
(c) Assertion is correct but the reason is wrong.
(d) Assertion is wrong but the reason is correct.

1. Assertion (A): The site of infection in chickenpox is respiratory tract and skin.
Reason (R): It is a non-communicable disease.
Answer:
(c) Assertion is correct but the reason is wrong.

2. Assertion (A): Antibiotics kill the bacteria and virus both.
Reason (R): Penicillin was the first antibiotic discovered by Alexander Fleming.
Answer:
(d) Assertion is wrong but the reason is correct.

Fill in the blanks

1. Health is state of physical, mental and ………… well being.
Answer:
social

2. Infectious agents are spread through air, water, ………… or vector.
Answer:
physical contact

3. Our immune system helps protect us from harmful ………….
Answer:
pathogens

4. ………… are what we fell, signs are what can be seen or ………….
Answer:
Symptoms, measured

5. India had a traditional method called ………… to protect against smallpox.
Answer:
variolation.

True or False

1. Eating fresh, wholesome food suited to one’s prakriti (body consumption) is essential.
Answer:
True

2. Health does not includes staying positive and having strong relationships.
Answer:
False

3. A calm mind support overall well-being.
Answer:
True

4. To stay healthy we do not need spending time with family and friends and having a positive attitude.
Answer:
False

Students can refer to BSE Odisha Class 8 Math Solution and Ganita Prakash Chapter 1 A Square and A Cube Class 8 Question Answer to understand textbook questions step by step.

Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 A Square and A Cube Solutions

Ganita Prakash Class 8 Chapter 1 Solutions

Class 8 Maths Ganita Prakash Chapter 1 Solutions A Square and A Cube

Page : 1

Question 1.
Before the process begins, Khoisnam realises that he already knows which lock¬ers will be open at the end. How did he figure out the answer?

Solution:
Khoisan had figured out on the basis of the following:
(i) If a locker is toggled an odd number of times, it will be open.
(ii) If a locker is toggled an even number of times, it will be closed.
(iii) The number of times a locker is toggled is the same as the number of factors of that locker number.
For example for locker #10, person 1 opens it, person 2 closes it, person 5 opens it and person 10 closes it.

The numbers 1, 2, 5, 10 are factors of 10. If the number of factors is even, the locker will be toggled by an even number of people and it will eventually be closed.

In the same manner if we consider locker #4, it will be closed at the end as 4 has 1, 2 and 4 as its factors, which are odd in number.

Page : 2

Question 1.
Does every number have an even number of factors?

We see in some cases, like 2 × 2, that the numbers in the pair are the same.
Solution:
No! Many numbers do not have an even number of factors, for example – 1 has only 1 factor, 4 has 3 factors: 1, 2 and 4, 9 has 3 factors: 1, 3 and 9, 25 has 3 factors: 1, 5 and 25.

Question 2.
Can you use this insight to find more numbers with an odd number of factors?
For instance, 36 has a factor pair 6 × 6 where both numbers are 6. Does this number have an odd number of factors? If every factor of 36 other than 6 has a different factor as its partner, then we can be sure that 36 has an odd number of factors. Check if this is true.

Hence all the following numbers have an odd number of factors –
1 × 1, 2 × 2, 3 × 3, 4 × 4, …

A number that can be expressed as the product of a number with itself is called a square number, or simpiy a square. The only numbers that have an odd number of factors are the squares, because they each have one factor which, when multiplied by itself, equals the number. Therefore, every locker whose number is a square will remain open.
Solution:
Continuing the given insight we can find more numbers with an odd number of factors:


All of the above numbers have odd number of factors.
Note – In the above: 16 : 1 × 16, 2 × 8 and 4 × 4 are called ‘Partner Factors’ and for other numbers as well.

Page : 3

Question 1.
Write the locker numbers that remain open.
Khoisnam immediately collects word clues from these 10 lockers and reads, “The passcode consists of the first five locker numbers that were touched exactly twice.”

Which are these five lockers?
The lockers that are toggled twice are the prime numbers, since each prime number has 1 and the number itself as factors. So, the code is 2 – 3 – 5 – 7 – 11.
Solution:
As we know that each of the square numbers has an odd number of factors. Therefore, the lockers with following numbers will remain open: #1, #4, #9, #16, #25, #36, #49, #64, #81, #100.

Page : 4
1.1 Square Numbers

Question 1.
What patterns do you notice? Share your observations and make conjectures.
Study the squares in the table above. What are the digits in the units places of these numbers? All these numbers end with 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 or 9. None of them end with 2, 3, 7 or 8.

12 = 1	112 = 121	212 = 441
22 = 4	122 =	222 =
32 = 9	132 =
42 = 16	142 =
52 = 25	152 =
62 =	162 =
72 =	172 =
82 =	182 =
92 =	192 =
102 =	202 =

Solution:

12 = 1	112 = 121	212 = 441
22 = 4	122 = 144	222 = 484
32 = 9	132 = 169	232 = 529
42 = 16	142 = 196	242 = 576
52 = 25	152 = 225	252 = 625
62 = 36	162 = 256	262 = 676
72 = 49	172 = 289	272 = 729
82 = 64	182 = 324	282 = 784
92 = 81	192 = 361	292 = 841
102 = 100	202 = 400	302 = 900

We observe that numbers whose unit’s place digit is 1 or 9, squares of these numbers have unit’s place digit 1. The numbers whose unit’s place digit is 2, 3, 7, or 8, squares of these numbers have 4, 9, 9, 4 as their unit’s place digit, respectively The numbers whose unit’s digit have 3 or 7 have their squares having unit’s place digits 9 while the numbers having unit’s place digits 5, 6, or 0 have 5, 6,0 (even number of zeroes) at their unit’s place digit and ten’s place digit for the case of zeroes.

So, we can conclude that squares of numbers end with 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, or 9. None of them end with 2, 3, 7, or 8.

Question 2.
If a number ends in 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 or 9, is it always a square?
The numbers 16 and 36 are both squares with 6 in the units place. However, 26, whose units digit is also 6, is not a square. Therefore, we cannot determine if a number is a square just by looking at the digit in the units place. But, the units digit can tell us when a number is not a square. If a number ends with 2, 3, 7, or 8, then we can definitely say that it is not a square.
Solution:
No.
If a number ends in ‘0’, then it will not always be a square as numbers 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, etc. are not squares of any number.
If a number ends in ‘0’, it will not always be a square as numbers 11, 21, 31, 41, etc. are not squares.
If a number ends in ‘4’ will not always be a square as numbers 14, 24, 34, 44, etc. are not squares.
If a number ends in ‘5’ will not always be a square as numbers 15, 35, 45, 55, etc. are not squares.
If a number ends in ‘6’ will not always be a square as numbers 26, 46, 56, 66, etc. are not squares.
If a number ends in 9 will not always be a square as numbers 19, 29, 39, 59, 69, etc. are not squares.
So, we can conclude that a number ending at 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, or 9 is not always a square.

Question 3.
Write 5 numbers such that you can determine by looking at their units digit that they are not squares.
The squares, 1², 9², 11², 19², 21², and 29², all have 1 in their units place. Write the next two squares. Notice that if a number has 1 or 9 in the units place, then its square ends in 1.
Solution:
We know that none of square numbers end with 2, 3, 7 or 8.
Based on the above, we can write any number of numbers which can be determined by looking at their units digit that they are not squares.
So, the 5 numbers can be 12, 13, 17, 18, and 28.
Note : We can write any number of numbers which can be determined by looking at their unit’s digits that they are not squares.

Page : 4 – 5

Question 1.
Let us consider square numbers ending in 6 : 16 = 4², 36 = 6², 196 = 14², 256 = 16², 576 = 24², and 676 = 26².
Which of the following numbers have the digit 6 in the units place?
(i) 38²
(ii) 34²
(iii) 46²
(iv) 56²
(v) 74²
(vi) 82²
Solution:
(i) 38² = 1444, No digit 6 in the unit’s place.
(ii) 34² = 1456, Digit 6 in the unit’s place.
(iii) 46² = 2116, Digit 6 in the unit’s place.
(iv) 56² = 3136, Digit 6 in the unit’s place.
(v) 74² = 5476, Digit 6 in the unit’s place.
(vi) 82² = 6724, No, digit 6 in the unit’s place.
Note : The numbers which end at 4 or 6 will have digit 6 in the unit’s place and no other number will have digit 6 in the unit’s place in their squares.

Page : 5

Question 1.
Find more such patterns by observing the numbers and their squares from the table you filled earlier.
Consider the following numbers and their squares.

Solution:
Some more patterns which we find in the table are :
(i) Numbers ending at 1 or 9 have digit 1 at unit’s place in their squares.
(ii) Numbers ending at 2 or 8 have digit 4 at unit’s place in their squares.
(iii) Numbers ending at 3 or 7 have digit 9 at unit’s place in their squares.
(iv) Numbers ending at 5 will have digit 5 at unit’s digit in their squares.
(v) There will be an even number of zeroes in the squares of a number having a zero at their unit’s place.
(vi) No square number will end at 2, 3, 7, or 8.

Question 2.
If a number contains 3 zeros at the end, how many zeros will its square have at the end?
Solution:
If a number contains 3 zeroes at the end, then there will be 6 zeroes at the end of its square.

Question 3.
What do you notice about the number of zeros at the end of a number and the number of zeros at the end of its square? Will this always happen? Can we say that squares can only have an even number of zeros at the end?
Solution:
The number of zeroes at the end of square of a number is twice the number of zeroes at the end of the number.

For example, if a number has 2 zeroes at the end then its square will have 4 zeroes and if a number has 5 zeroes at the end then its square will have 10 zeroes at its end. This will always happen. Yes, a square number will always have an even number of zeroes at its end.

Question 4.
What can you say about the parity of a number and its square?
Solution:
The square of an even number has an even parity and the square of an odd number has an odd parity.

Page : 6

Question 1.
Using the pattern above, find 36², given that 35² = 1225.
From the question we know that 1225 is the sum of the first 35 odd numbers. To find 36², we need to add the 36th odd number to 1225.
Solution:
It is given that 35² = 1225
∴, to obtain the 36² we add the 36th odd number to 1225.
We add 36th odd number which is 2 × 36 – 1
= 72 – 1 = 71 to 1225 to get
= 1225 + 71 = 1296
So, we have obtained 36² = 1296

Question 2.
How do we find the 36th odd number?
The 1st odd number is 1, 2nd odd number is 3, 3rd number is 5, … , 6th odd number is 11 and so on.
Solution:
We have obtained 36th odd number by 2 × 36 – 1 = 72 – 1 = 71.

Question 3.
What is the n^th odd number?
The n^th odd number is 2n – 1.
Therefore, the 36th odd number is 71.
By adding 71 to 1225, we get 1296, which is 36².
Consider a number such as 38 that is not a square and subtract consecutive odd numbers starting from 1.

This shows that 38 cannot be expressed as a sum of consecutive odd numbers starting with 1.

Thus, we can say that a natural number is not a perfect square if it cannot be expressed as a sum of successive odd natural numbers starting from 1. We can use this result to find out whether a natural number is a perfect square.
Solution:
n^th odd number is given by 2n – 1.

Page : 7

Question 1.
Find how many numbers lie between two consecutive perfect squares. Do you notice a pattern?
Solution:
Let us consider the following :
2² – 1² = 4 – 1 = 3, there are 3 – 1 = 2 numbers in between.
3² – 2² = 9 – 4 = 5, there are 5 – 1 = 4 numbers in between.
4² – 3² = 16 – 9 = 7, there are 7 – 1 = 6 numbers in between.
5² – 4² = 25 – 16 = 9, there are 9 – 1 = 8 numbers in between.
6² – 5² = 36 – 25 = 11, there are 11 – 1 = 10 numbers in between.
So, we notice that in between (n + 1)² and n², there are 2n numbers.

Question 2.
How many square numbers are there between 1 and 100? How many are between 101 and 200? Using the table of squares you filled earlier, enter the values below, tabulating the number of squares in each block of 100. What is the largest square less than 1000?

Solution:

The largest square less than 1000 is 961, which is the square of 31.

Question 3.
Can you see any relation between triangular numbers and square numbers? Extend the pattern shown and draw the next term.

Solution:

Question 4.
The area of a square is 49 sq. cm. What is the length of its side?
We know that 7 × 7 = 49, or 7² = 49
So, the length of the side of a square with an area of 49 sq. cm is 7 cm.
We call 7 the square root of 49.
In general, if y = x² then x is the square root of y.
Solution:
Area of a square = (Side)²
⇒ (Side)² = 49 sq. cm
⇒ (Side)² = 7 × 7 ⇒ (Side)² = (7)²
⇒ Side = 7
∴, the length of its side = 7 cm.

Page : 8

Question 1.
What is the square root of 64?
We know that 8 × 8 is 64. So, 8 is the square root of 64. What about -8 × -8? That is 64 too!
8² = 64, and (-8)² = 64.
So, the square roots of 64 are +8 and -8.
Every perfect square has two integer square roots. One is positive and the other is negative. The square root of a number is denoted by √
Thus, \(\sqrt{64}\) = ±8 and \(\sqrt{100}\) = ±10.
Note that \(\sqrt{8^2}\) = ±8 and \(\sqrt{10^2}\) = ±10. In general, \(\sqrt{n^2}\) = ± n.
In this chapter, we shall only consider the positive square root.
Solution:
To know the square roots of 64, we should try to get all those numbers whose square is 64. We know that 8 × 8 = 64 and also -8 × (-8) – 64
∴, the square roots of 64 are +8 and -8.

Question 2.
Given a number, such as 576 or 327, how do we find out if it is a perfect square? If it is a perfect square, how can we find its square root?
We know that perfect squares end in 1, 4, 9, 6, 5, or an even number of zeros. But, it is not certain that a number that satisfies this condition is a square.
We can clearly say that 327 is not a perfect square. However, we cannot be sure that 576 is a perfect square.
1. We can list all the square numbers in sequence and find out whether 576 occurs among them. We know that 202 = 400, we can find squares of 21, 22, 23, … and so on until we get 576 or a number greater than 576.
20² = 400 21² = 441 22² = 484 23² = 529 24² = 576
However, this process becomes inefficient for larger numbers.
2. Recall that every square can be expressed as a sum of consecutive odd numbers starting from 1.
Consider \(\sqrt{81}\).

From 81, we successively subtracted consecutive odd numbers starting from 1 until we obtained O at the 9th step. Therefore \(\sqrt{81}\) = 9.
Can we find the square root of 729 using this method? Yes, but it will be time-consuming.
3. We know that a perfect square is obtained by multiplying an integer by itself. Will looking at a number’s prime factorisation help in determining whether it is a perfect square?
Yes, if we can divide the prime factors of a number into two equal groups, then the product of the prime factors in either group combine to form the square root.
Solution:
Given a number, we can decide whether the given number is a perfect square or not by using the following methods:
1. If the given number ends with 2, 3, 7, 8, or an odd number of zeroes, then it can not be a perfect square.

2. We know that every square number can be expressed as a sum of consecutive odd numbers starting from 1.
So, by subtracting consecutive odd numbers, we can check whether the given number is a square or not.

3. We can check whether a given number is a perfect square by prime factorisation. We do the prime factorisation and then group them in pairs. If all prime factors occur in pairs, then it is a perfect square. Otherwise, it is not.
Now we take the given numbers:
Given numbers are 576 and 327.
Clearly 327 cannot be a perfect square as it ends at 7.
For 576, we can do repeated subtraction of consecutive odd numbers starting from 1, or we can find prime factors of 576.
Let us find out prime factors of 576:

∴, 576 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3
Grouping prime factors in pairs, we get:
\(\sqrt{576}\) = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
= 24
So, 576 is a perfect square and its square roots are 24 and -24.

Page : 9

Question 1.
Is 324 a perfect square?
324 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3.
These can be grouped as
324 = (2 × 3 × 3) × (2 × 3 × 3).
= (2 × 3 × 3)² = 18².
We can also write the prime factors in pairs. That is,
324 = (2 × 2) × (3 × 3) × (3 × 3),
which shows that 324 is a perfect square. Thus,
324 = (2 × 3 × 3)² = 18².
Therefore, \(\sqrt{324}\) = 18.
Solution:
Let us find prime factors of 324:

∴, 234 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
Since, all prime factors of 324 can be grouped in pairs, so 324 is a perfect square.
Hence,
\(\sqrt{324}\) = 2 × 3 × 3 = 18.

Question 2.
Is 156 a perfect square?
The prime factorisation of 156 is 2 × 2 × 3 × 13.
We cannot pair up these factors.
Therefore, 156 is not a perfect square.
Solution:
Let us find prime factors of 156:

∴, 156 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 13
Here, we can see that all prime factors of 156 cannot be grouped in pairs.
Hence, 156 is not a perfect

Question 3.
Find whether 1156 and 2800 are perfect squares using prime factorisation.
Solution:
Prime factors of:

∴, 1156 = 2 × 2 × 17 × 17
All prime factors of 1156 can be grouped in pairs.
Hence, 1156 is a perfect square and \(\sqrt{1156}\) = 34.
Also, 2800 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 7
Here, all prime factors cannot be grouped in pairs.
Hence, 2800 is not a perfect square.

Figure it Out: Page : 10 – 11

Question 1.
Which of the following numbers are not perfect squares?
(i) 2032
(ii) 2048
(iii) 1027
(iv) 1089
Solution:
(i) 2032,
(ii) 2048,
(iii) 1027 are not perfect squares as they end with 2, 8 and 7, respectively. 1089 is a perfect square as it is square of 33.

Question 2.
Which one among 64², 108², 292², 36² has last digit 4?
Solution:
Any number whose last digit is 8 will have 4 as last digit in its square.
So, 108² has the last digit 4.
Also, if the last digit is 2, then its square will have 4 at its units place.
So, 292² has 4 at its last digit.

Question 3.
Given 125² = 15625, what is the value of 126²?
(i) 15625 + 126
(ii) 15625 + 262
(iii) 15625 + 253
(iv) 15625 + 251
(v) 15625 + 51²
Solution:
To get the value of 126², we add 126th odd number to 125² = 15625.
126th odd number is 2 × 126 – 1 = 252 – 1 = 251
So, we get 126² = 15625 + 251
i.e., (iv) 15625 + 251, is the correct option.

Question 4.
Find the length of the side of a square whose area is 441 m².
Solution:
Area of the square = 441
So, (side)² = 441 (∴, area of square = (side)²)
⇒ (side)² = (3 × 3 × 7 × 7)
⇒ (side)² = (3² × 7²)
⇒ (side)² = (3 × 7)²
⇒ (side)² = (21)²
⇒ Side = 21 m,
(∴, length cannot be negative)
∴, The length of the side = 21 m.

Question 5.
Find the smallest square number that is divisible by each of the following numbers: 4, 9, and 10.
Solution:
To get the smallest number that is divisible by 4, 9 and 10, will be the LCM of these numbers.
Now,
4 = 2 × 2 = 2²
9 = 3 × 3 = 3²
10 = 2 × 5 = 2 × 5
To get the LCM, we collect the factors with highest powers.
So, LCM(4, 9, 10) = 2² × 3² × 5
= 4 × 9 × 5 = 180
Therefore, 180 is the smallest number that is divisible by 4, 9 and 10.

Question 6.
Find the smallest number by which 9408 must be multiplied so that the product is a perfect square. Find the square root of the product.
Solution:
We first of all get the prime factors of 9408:

∴, 9408 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 7 × 7
Here, we can notice that 3 remains unpaired. So, we must multiply 9408 by 3 to get the product, which is a perfect square.
Square root of the new number is:
2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 7 = 168

Question 7.
How many numbers lie between the squares of the following numbers?
(i) 16 and 17
(ii) 99 and 100
Solution:
(i) There are 32 numbers between 162 and 17²
(ii) There are 198 numbers between 992 and 100²

Question 8.
In the following pattern, fill in the missing numbers:
1² + 2² + 2² = 3²
2² × 3² × 6² = 7²
3² × 4² + 12² = 13²
4² + 5² + 20² = (_)²
9² + 10² + (_)² = (_)²
Solution:
4² + 5² + 20² = (21)²
9² + 10² + (90)² = (91)²

Question 9.
How many tiny squares are there in the following picture? Write the prime factorisation of the number of tiny squares.

Solution:
There are 81 tiny squares.
Prime factorisation of 81 :

∴, 81 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3

Page : 11
1.2 Cubic Numbers

Question 1.
How many cubes of side 1 cm will make a cube of side 3 cm?
Consider the numbers 1, 8, 27, …
These numbers are called perfect cubes. Can you see why they are named so?
Each of them is obtained by multiplying a number by itself three times. We note that
1 = 1 × 1 × 1
8 = 2 × 2 × 2
27 = 3 × 3 × 3
Solution:
27 cubes of 1 cm will make a cube of side 3 cm.

Page : 12

Question 1.
Is 9 a cube?
We see that 2 × 2 × 2 = 8 and 3 × 3 × 3 = 27. This shows that 9 is not a perfect cube. Nor is any number from 10 to 26.

Solution:
No, 9 is not a cube as 9 = 3 × 3. We cannot group the prime factors of 9 as a group of 3.
So, 9 is not a perfect cube.

Question 2.
Can you estimate the number of unit cubes in a cube with an edge length of 4 units?
It has 64 unit cubes! If you notice carefully, each layer of this cube has 4 × 4 unit cubes. Each square layer has 16 unit cubes (4 × 4), and there are 4 such layers, so the
total number of unit cubes is 4 × 4 × 4 = 64.
Since 5³ = 5 × 5 × 5= 125, 125 is a cube.
In general, for any number n, we write the cube
n × n × n as n³.

Solution:
Total number of unit cubes in a cube with an edge length of 4 units = 4 × 4 × 4 = 64.

Question 3.
Complete the table below.

13 = 1	113 = 1331
23 = 8	123 =
33 = 27	133 = 2197
43 = 64	143 = 2744
53 = 125	153 =
63 =	163 =
73 =	173 = 4913
83 =	183 = 5832
93 =	193 = 6859
103 =	203 =

Solution:

Question 4.
What patterns do you notice in the table above?
Solution:
We have noticed that cubes of numbers ending at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 0 end at 1, 8, 7, 4, 5, 6, 3, 2, 9, and three zeroes, respectively.

Page : 12 – 13

Question 1.
We know that 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 9 are the only last digits possible for squares. What are the possible last digits of cubes?
Solution:
The possible last digit of cubes can be any digit from 0 to 9. There is no exception as we have for square numbers.
There can be even or odd number of zeroes in a cube.

Question 2.
Similar to squares, can you find the number of cubes with 1 digit, 2 digits, and 3 digits? What do you observe?
Solution:
Cubes with 1-digit are 1 and 8.
Cubes with 2-digit are 27 and 64.
Cubes with 3-digit are 125, 216, 343, 512, and 729.
We observe that all these cubes are the cubes of 1-digit numbers only.
Clearly, 1 is the cube of 1, and 729 is the cube of 9.

Question 3.
Can a cube end with exactly two zeroes (00)? Explain.
Just as we can take squares of fractions/decimals – (\(\frac{4}{6}\))² (13.08)², and
(6)² – we also can compute cubes of such numbers – (\(\frac{4}{6}\))³, (13.08)³, and (-6)³.
(\(\frac{4}{6}\))³ = (\(\frac{4}{6}\)) × (\(\frac{4}{6}\)) × (\(\frac{4}{6}\)) = ((\(\frac{64}{216}\)))
(13.08)³ = 13.08 × 13.08 × 13.08 = 2237.810112
(-6)³ = -6 × -6 × -6 = -216.
Solution:
No cube can end with exactly two zeroes. If a number ends at 0 (single), then its cube will have three zeroes.
So, no cube number can have two zeroes at the end.

Question 4.
The next two taxicab numbers after 1729 are 4104 and 13832. Find the two ways in which each of these can be expressed as the sum of two positive cubes.

How did Ramanujan know this? Well, he loved numbers. All through his life, he tinkered with numbers. During Ramanujan’s time in Cambridge, his colleagues often marveled at his ability to see deep patterns in numbers that seemed arbitrary to others. His colleague, John Littlewood, once said,
“Every positive integer was one of his [Ramanujan’s] personal friends”.
Solution:
4104 = 2³ + 16³ and 9³ + 15³ 13832 = 18³ + 20³ and 3³ + 24³
Note : 21³ = 9261, 22³ = 10648, 23³ = 12167, 24³ = 13824.

Page : 14

Question 1.
Can you tell what this sum is without doing the calculation?
91 + 93 + 95 + 97 + 99 + 101 + 103 + 105 + 107 + 109
Solution:
We see here that starting from the 10 × 9 + 1 = 91, we have 10 odd numbers added in the sequence.
So, the sum will be 10³ = 1000.

Question 2.
Let us check if 3375 is a perfect cube.
3375 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 5.
Can the factors be split into three identical groups? For 3375, we can
form three groups of (3 × 5). So,
3375 = (3 × 5) × (3 × 5) × (3 × 5)
= (3 × 5)³ = 15³.
Another way is to check if the factors can be grouped into triplet(s):
3375 = (3 × 3 × 3) × (5 × 5 × 5) = 3³ × 5³.
This means \($\sqrt[3]{3375}$\) = 15.
Solution:
Let us find prime factors of 3375 :

∴, 3375 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 5
Since we can group all prime factors in groups of 3,
So, we conclude that 3375 is a perfect cube.

Question 3.
Is 500 a perfect cube?
500 = 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 5. We see that the factors cannot be split into three identical groups. Therefore, 500 is not a perfect cube.

Observe that each prime factor of a number appears three times in the prime factorisation of its cube.
Solution:
Let us find prime factors of 500:

∴, 500 = 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 5
Here, we see that all prime factors cannot be grouped in a group of 3.
So, 500 is not a perfect cube.

Page : 15

Question 1.
Find the cube roots of these numbers:
(i) \(\sqrt[3]{64}\) =
(ii) \(\sqrt[3]{512}\) =
(iii) \(\sqrt[3]{729}\) =
Solution:

Question 2.
Compute successive differences over levels for perfect cubes until all the differences at a level are the same. What do you notice?

Solution:

So, at level – 3, we get the differences same as 6.

Figure it Out : Page : 16 – 17

Question 1.
Find the cube roots of 27000 and 10648.
Solution:
Prime factors of 27000 :

∴, 27000 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 5
⇒ \(\sqrt{27000}\) = 2 × 3 × 5
= 2 × 3 × 5 = 30

∴, 10648 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 11 × 11
⇒ \(\sqrt{10648}\) = 2 × 11
= 2 × 11 = 22

Question 2.
What number will you multiply by 1323 to make it a cube number?
Solution:
To get the number by which we should multiply 1323 to make it a cube number.
We first of all find prime factors of 1323.

∴, 1323 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 7 × 7
Here, we can see that 7 remains ungrouped in group of three.
So we multiply 1323 by 7 to get a perfect cube. The new number which is a perfect cube is: 9261. Its cube root is : 21.

Question 3.
State true or false. Explain your reasoning.
1. The cube of any odd number is even.
2. There is no perfect cube that ends with 8.
3. The cube of a 2-digit number may be a 3-digit number.
4. The cube of a 2-digit number may have seven or more digits.
5. Cube numbers have an odd number of factors.
Solution:
1. FALSE: The cube of any odd number is odd as 1³ = 1, 3³ = 27, 5³ = 125, 7³ = 343, …

2. FALSE : There are perfect cubes that end with 8 as 2³ = 8, 12³ = 1728, ³ = 10648, …

3. FALSE : The cube of a 2-digit number can never be a 3-digit number.
For example, 10³ = 1000
Here, we see that the smallest two-digit number 10 has cube which has 4-digits.

4. FALSE : The cube of a 2-digit number can never be of 7-digit or more digit.
As we can see that 99 is the largest 2-digit number and its cube is 9,70,299, which is a 6-digit number.

5. FALSE : Cube numbers have an odd number of factors is a false statement. We can see that 8, which is a perfect cube, has factors 1, 2, 4, and 8, which are 4 in numbers.

Question 4.
You are told that 1331 is a perfect cube. Can you guess without factorisation what its cube root is? Similarly, guess the cube roots of 4913, 12167, and 32768.
Solution:
1331 is a perfect cube of ‘11’,
4913 is a perfect cube of ‘17’,
12167 is a perfect cube of ‘23’, and
32768 is a perfect cube of ‘32’.

The cubes of numbers ending at 1, 2, 3, and 7, end with 1, 8, 7, and 3, respectively.

Question 5.
Which of the following is the greatest? Explain your reasoning.
(i) 67³ – 66³
(ii) 43³ – 42³
(iii) 67² – 66²
(iv) 43² – 42²
Solution:
(i) 63³ – 66³ = 13267
(ii) 43³ – 42³ = 5419
(iii) 67² – 66² = 133
(iv) 43² – 42² = 85
Clearly, 63³ – 66³ is the greatest and 43² – 42² is the least.

A Square and A Cube Class 8 Extra Questions

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Which of the following is not a perfect square?
(a) 225
(b) 144
(c) 288
(d) 256
Solution:
Here, 225 = 15², 144 = 12², and 256 = 16².
But 288 cannot be written as a square of any natural number.
(c) 288

Question 2.
Which of the following cannot be a digit at the end of a perfect square?
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 4
(d) 6
Solution:
The digit at the end of a perfect square can be 1, 4, 5, 6, 9 or an even number of zeroes.
(b) 2

Question 3.
Total number of factors of a perfect square number is:
(a) Even
(b) Odd
(c) Can be even or odd
(d) None of these
Solution:
This is a fact that the number of factors of a perfect square number is always odd in numbers.
This is a fact that the number of factors of a perfect square number is always odd in numbers.
For example:
1² = 1, factors: 1, number of factors = 1
2² = 4, factors: 1, 2, 4, number of factors = 3
3² = 9, factors: 1, 3, 9, number of factors = 3
4² = 16, factors: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, number of factors = 5, etc.
(b) Odd

Question 4.
Which of the following is not a perfect square?
(a) 1024
(b) 576
(c) 729
(d) 927
Solution:
1024 = 32², 576 = 24², 729 = 27²
But 927 is not a square of any natural number.
(d) 927

Question 5.
Which of the following is a perfect square?
(a) 124632
(b) 207936
(c) 732423
(d) 783228
Solution:
In the given options, we can notice that (a), (c), and (d) end with 2, 3, and 8 respectively. Hence, these numbers cannot be perfect squares.
Answer:
(b) 207936

Assertion and Reasoning

(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).
(b) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

Question 1.
Assertion (A) : The number 102325462 cannot be a square number.
Reason (R) : A square number never ends at 2.
Answer:
(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).

Question 2.
Assertion (A) : \(\sqrt{2704}\) = 52
Reason (R) : (52)² = 2704.
Answer:
(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation for the Assertion (A).

Case Based Questions

Question 1.
During a dance practice in school, 6570 students of different schools are arranged in rows such that the number of students in each row is equal to the number of rows. In doing so, the instructor finds out that few children are left out.

Answer the following questions with proper steps and reasons:
(i) How many students were left out in the arrangement?
(ii) What is the number of students forming a square arrangement?
(iii) Find the number of children in each row of the square arrangement.
Solution:
(i) Total number of students = 6570
Using long division, let us find the square root of 6570:

Since, remainder = 9
Hence, (i) 9 students were left out in the arrangement.

(ii) Number of students forming a square arrangement = 6570 – 9 = 6561

(iii) The number of children in each row = \(\sqrt{6561}\) = 81
So, there are 81 children in each row.

Question 2.
Aarya visited her home in a village. She went to her orchard in which she counted the trees and found that there were 52 trees in all. She argued that even trees are arranged in any pattern, but they cannot be arranged in a square arrangement.

Based on the above, answer the following:
(i) Is Aarya right in saying that trees in her orchard cannot be arranged in a square?
(ii) How many trees will be left out if they are to be arranged in a square?
(iii) How many more trees will be required if Aarya wants to arrange them as in a square?
Solution:
(i) Yes. If the orchard has 52 trees then they cannot be arranged in a square arrangement. As there is 2 in its unit’s place, it cannot be a square.

(ii) Three trees will be left out if they are to be arranged in a square.
As 52 – 3 = 49 = (7)²

(iii) Above 52,64 is the square number.
So, 12 more trees will be required to arrange the trees in a square arrangement.

Go through BSE Odisha Class 8 Science Solutions Chapter 2 The Invisible Living World: Beyond Our Naked Eye Question Answer to understand textbook questions more clearly.

Class 8 Science Curiosity Chapter 2 Question Answer

Class 8 Science Ch 2 The Invisible Living World: Beyond Our Naked Eye Question Answer

Class 8 Science Chapter 2 The Invisible Living World Beyond: Our Naked Eye Question Answer

Probe and Ponder Questions

Question 1.
Have you ever wondered what you might see if the invisible world around you became visible?
Answer:
Yes, it would be fascinating to see the microorganisms like bacteria, fungi, protozoa, and viruses that are constantly interacting with our environment and even inside our bodies. It would change how we perceive cleanliness, health, and the complexity of ecosystems around us

Question 2.
How do you think your observation of this hidden world might change the way you think about size, complexity, or even what counts as ‘living’?
Answer:
Observing this hidden world would reveal that even microscopic organisms exhibit complex behaviors such as movement, reproduction, response to stimuli, and forming colonies. This would deepen our understanding of what qualifies as a living being and show that size does not limit the complexity of life.

Question 3.
Have you thought how these tiny living beings interact with each other?
Answer:
Yes, microorganisms constantly interact; some live symbiotically, while others compete for resources or prey on one another. For example, bacteria can help in digestion or cause diseases, and fungi can decompose organic matter, enriching the soil. These interactions form the foundation of many ecological processes.

Question 4.
Share your questions……
Answer:
Seeing the invisible world and learning about microorganisms sparks so many questions! Here are some questions you might have, and you can add your own:

• What do microorganisms eat to stay alive?
• Can microorganisms see or feel each other, or do they just bump into things?
• Why are some bacteria helpful (like in curd) and others harmful (like causing diseases)?
• How do microorganisms survive in tough places, like hot springs or salty water?

InText Questions

Question 1.
Why do microorganisms not infect the pickles and murabbas?
Answer:
Preservation with Salt and Sugar: Pickles and murabbas are made with high concentrations of salt or sugar. These act as preservatives and prevent the growth of microbes, so the food does not spoil easily.

The Invisible Living World: Beyond Our Naked Eye Class 8 Questions and Answers

Keep the Curiosity Alive (Pages 25-26)

Question 1.
Various parts of a cell are given below. Write them in the appropriate places in the following diagram.
Nucleus , Cytoplasm
Chloroplast , Cell wall
Cell membrane , Nucleoid

Answer:

Question 2.
Aanandi took two test tubes and marked them A and B. She put two spoonfuls of sugar solution in each of the test tubes. In test tube B, she added a spoonful of yeast. Then she attached two incompletely inflated balloons to the mouth of each test tube. She kept the set-up in a warm place, away from sunlight.
(i) What do you predict will happen after 3-4 days? She observed that the balloon attached to testtube B was inflated. What can be a possible explanation for this?
(a) Water evaporated in test tube B and filled the balloon with the water vapour.
(b) The warm atmosphere expanded the air inside the test tube B, which inflated the balloon.
(c) Yeast produced a gas inside the test tube B which inflated the balloon.
(d) Sugar reacted with warm air, which produced gas, eventually inflating the balloon.

Answer:
(c) Yeast produced a gas inside test tube B which inflated the balloon. The yeast fermented the sugar, releasing carbon dioxide gas (CO₂), which inflated the balloon.

(ii) She took another test tube, 1/4 filled with lime water. She removed the balloon from test tube B in such a manner that the gas inside the balloon did not escape. She attached the balloon to the test tube with lime water and shook it well. What do you think she wants to find out?
Answer:
She wants to test whether the gas produced is carbon dioxide CO₂). If the lime water turns milky, it confirms the presence of CO₂, because CO₂ reacts with lime water to form calcium carbonate.

Question 3.
A farmer was planting wheat crops in his field. He added nitrogen-rich fertiliser to the soil to get a good yield of crops. In the neighbouring field, another farmer was growing bean crops, but she preferred not to add nitrogen fertiliser to get healthy crops. Can you think of the reasons?
Answer:
Beans are leguminous crops that form a symbiotic relationship with Rhizobium bacteria present in their root nodules. These bacteria fix nitrogen from the atmosphere into the soil, providing a natural source of nitrogen. Therefore, the second farmer does not need to add nitrogen-rich fertiliser.

Question 4.
Snehal dug two pits, A and B, in her garden. In pit A, she put fruit and vegetable peels and mixed it with dried leaves. In pit B , she dumped the same kind of waste without mixing it with dried leaves. She covered both the pits with soil and observed after 3 weeks. What is she trying to test?
Answer:
She is trying to test the effectiveness of composting.

• In Pit A, the mixture of green waste (fruit/vegetable peels) and dry leaves provides the correct carbon-nitrogen balance needed for decomposition.
• Pit B lacks this balance and will decompose more slowly and may smell. This experiment shows that decomposing agents like microorganisms work better when both carbonrich and nitrogen-rich materials are present.

Question 5.
Identify the following microorganisms
(i) I live in every kind of environment, and inside your gut.
(ii) I make bread and cakes soft and fluffy.
(iii) I live in the roots of pulse crops and provide nutrients for their growth.
Answer:
(i) Bacteria
(ii) Yeast
(iii) Rhizobium.

Question 6.
Devise an experiment to test that microorganisms need optimal temperature, air, and moisture for their growth.
Answer:
Set up 3 bread slices:
Slice A: Warm, moist environment (near sink). Slice B: Dry environment (sealed container).
Slice C: Cold environment (refrigerator).
After 3 days, observe: Slice A will have maximum microbial (fungal) growth.
Conclusion: Microorganisms grow best when temperature, moisture, and air are optimal.

Question 7.
Take 2 slices of bread. Place one slice in a plate near the sink. Place the other slice in the refrigerator. Compare after three days. Note your observations. Give reasons for your observations.
Answer:

• Take two slices of bread.
• Place one slice of bread in a plate near the sink. Name it as ‘A’.
• Now, take another slice of bread in a plate and place in the refrigerator. (Say B).

Observations :

• Bread in plate ‘A’ shows fungal/mould growth due to air, warmth and moisture.
• Bread in plate ‘ B ‘ which is kept in refrigerator shows less or no growth as cold inhibits the growth of fungi.
  Reason : Warm and moist conditions near the sink promote microbial growth, while cold temperatures in the refrigerator inhibit it.

Question 8.
A student observes that when curd is left out for a day, it becomes more sour. What can be two possible explanations for this observation?
Answer:
Two reasons why curd becomes more sour when left out for a day:

• Microorganisms (lactic acid bacteria) continue to grow and multiply, producing more actic acid, which makes the curd more sour.
• Warmer temperature speeds up bacterial activity, increasing acid production and sourness.

Question 9.
Observe the set-up given in Fig. and answer the following questions.
(i) What happens to the sugar solution in flask A?
(ii) What do you observe in test tube B after four hours? Why do you think this happened?
(iii) What would happen if yeast was not added in flask A?

Answer:
(i) The yeast ferments the sugar in the warm solution, producing carbon dioxide gas and a small amount of alcohol.
(ii) Lime water in test tube B turns milky. This happens because \mathrm{CO}_2 produced in flask A travels through the delivery tube into flask B and reacts with lime water, confirming the presence of carbon dioxide.
(iii) Fermentation would not occur, so no carbon dioxide would be produced. As a result, lime water would remain clear in test tube B.

Class 8 Science Chapter 2 Question Answer

Activity 1

Let us observe
Aim : Let us observe through a round-bottom flask.
Materials Required : A round-bottom flask made of glass, water, a cork, a news paper.

Procedure :

• First of all we will take a round-bottom flask made up of glass as
  The Invisible Living World : Beyond Our Naked Eye (Curiosity) shown in figure. Fill it with water.
• Now, close the mouth of the flask using a cork.
• Place the flask on an open book and look at the letters through it.

Observations :

• We can observe that the letters appear larger when seen through the flask! This happens because the flask filled with water acts like a magnifying glass.
• If we use a real magnifying glass to look at small organisms, like an ant, we are able to see the details of its body more clearly.

Inference:

• People were curious to know the tiny organisms around them, but they could not see them with their naked eyes.
• With the discovery of microscope we are able to explore tiny world first time.

Activity 2

Let us study a cell (Teacher demonstration activity)
Aim : To prepare a temporary mount of onion peel.
Materials Required : Onion bulb, a forceps, petri dish, safranin glycerin, a needle, coverslip, a microscope.

Procedure :
1. Take an onion bulb from your kitchen or garden and wash it thoroughly with water.
2. Now, cut the onion bulb vertically into pieces.
3. Take one piece of onion and pull out the thin, transparent layer from its inner surface with the help of forceps. This layer is called the onion peel.
4. Now, put the peel in a petri dish containing a few drops of safranin (red-coloured stain) for about 30 seconds. The stain will give a pinkish colour to the cells and help us see them clearly.
5. Using a thin brush transfer the onion peel to another petri dish containing water to rinse the peel and remove extra stain.
6. Now, we will place the stained onion peel on the glass slide carefully with the help of a thin brush, ensuring it does not break or fold.
7. Put a drop of glycerin over the onion peel on the slide. The glycerin will enable you to
8. Now, slowly place a coverslip over the peel with the help of a needle, such that no air bubbles get trapped.
9. Use blotting paper to gently wipe off any extra glycerin around the edges of the covers’v.
10. Observe the slide under a microscope or a foldscope. Compare it with fig. (c).

Observations :

• There are many rectangular structures under the microscope. These are the cells of the onion peel, which are closely arranged without any space between them.
• The structure of cells are similar to a wall made of bricks.

Inference:

• All plants are made of cells.
• These small microscopic structures that we see in an onion peel are the basic building units of onion bulb. These structures are called cells.

Activity 3

Let us investigate
Aim : To observe the mount of human cheek cell.
Materials Required : Toothpick, glass slide methylene blue (a blue coloured stain), glycerin coverslip, blotting paper, a microscope.

Procedure:

• Rinse your mouth with clean water.
• Now, with the help of the blunt end of a clean toothpick gently scrape the inside of your cheek.
• Put the scraped material in a drop of water on a clean glass slide and spread it evenly.
• Now, mix a drop of methylene blue (a blue-coloured stain) over the material on slide. When you add stain it improves the visibility of the material under the microscope by increasing contrast.
• Wait for one minute, add a drop of glycerin over the material on the slide to prevent the cells from drying.
• Now, carefully place a clean coverslip on the material, and remove the excess glycerin from the edges of the coverslip using blotting paper.
• Observe the slide under a microscope and draw what you see in your notebook.

Observations :

• A polygonshaped structure as shown in Fig. These are cheek cells, which form the inner lining of your mouth.
• We can observe that the cells have three main parts- a thin outer lining, a central region, and a small round structure inside it. The outer layer is called the cell membrane. The round structure in the middle is the nucleus, which is also covered by a thin membrane. The space between the cell membrane and nucleus is filled with cytoplasm.

Inference : Cell membrane, cytoplasm and nucleus are the basic parts of a cell (Both plants and animal cells).

Activity 4

Let us observe pond water/stagnant water
Aim : To observe pond water/stagnant water.
Materials Required : A dropper, a microscope or foldscope slide, cover slip.

Procedure :

• Take a container and collect pond or stagnant water in it. You can take help of your teacher or elder(s).
• Now, by using a dropper place a drop of pond or stagnant water on a microscope or foldscope slide. Put a coverslip and observe it under the microscope or foldscope.
• Look at the tiny organisms found in the pond or stagna t water and note down your observations.

Observations :

• Microorganisms like bacteria and Amoeba are seen.
• Some multicellular organisms like fungi and algae are also present.

Inference : Microorganisms unicellular and multicellular both are found in stagnant water/ pond water.

Activity 5

Let us observe soil suspension
Aim : To observe soil suspension.
Materials Required : A beaker, moist soil, spoon, gloves, glass rod, a dropper, microscope, coverslip.

Procedure :

• First of all we will take a beaker and collect some moist soil in it from the nearby farm (field) or garden. Never touch the soil with your bare hands- use a spoon or gloves.
• Now, pour some water into the beaker and stir it with a glass rod. Actually the liquid, which you are looking dirty, has very fine particles of soil, and is called soil suspension. Keep it aside for some time and let the mixture settle.
• With the help of a dropper take out a drop of water from the top layer. Place the drop on a microscope slide.
• Cover it gently with a coverslip and observe it under the microscope (Fig.)

Observations : You may observe small moving organisms similar to those saw in activity 4.
Inference:

• This shows that even soil suspension contains a variety of tiny creatures that cannot be seen with the unaided eye.
• These tiny creatures that cannot be seen with the naked eye are said to be microorganisms (micro means very small; organisms means living beings) or microbes.

Activity 6.

Let us study
Aim : Let us study pond water and soil suspension.

Procedure :

• A group of students studying in Grade 8 performed Activities – 4 and 5 and they collected information from the library and internet.
• They recorded the data obtained in the table given below. They identified the microorganisms as protozoa, algae, fungi and bacteria.

Observations :
1. Table -1. Organisms present in pond water.

2. Table -2 : Organisms present in soil suspension

Inference : They are everywhere, and we can only see them with a microscope – a device that magnifies them 100 to 400 times. Though microorganisms are small in size, they play an important role in our lives.

Activity 7.

Let us do
Aim : To make manure from kitchen waste or plant waste.
Materials Required : Fruits and vegetable peels, soil.

Procedure :

• Take an empty container and fill it halfway with farm soil or garden soil.
• Now, add some kitchen or plant waste like fruit and vegetable peels to the container. Thereafter, put a layer of soil on it and leave it aside.
• Do not disturb it and after 2-3 weeks, observe the changes that have taken place.

Observations :

• You may find that peels of fruits and vegetables have turned into a dark-coloured material.
  This is manure, which is rich in nutrients and helps increase the fertility of the soil.

Inference : Soil contains various kinds of microorganisms. Some of these microorganisms, like fungi and bacteria, act on the plant waste and slowly break it down into simpler, nutrient-rich manure.

Activity 8.

Let us perform
Aim : To study the process of fermentation.
Materials Required : Two bowls, 200 g of flour (atta or maida), sugar, yeast powder.

Procedure:

• Take two bowls X and Y.
• Take 200 g of flour (atta or maida) in both the bowls and add a pinch of sugar.
• Now, in bowl X, add a small amount of yeast powder and mix it well with the flour.
• In bowl Y, do not add any yeast, so that we can compare the results of the two bowls.
• Knead the flour of the two bowls by warm water to make soft dough.
• Now, cover the dough with a damp cloth and keep it in a warm place.
• Observe both the bowls after 4-5 hours.

Observations :

• The dough in bowl A, where yeast was added, has risen slightly, become fluffy, and has a different smell compared to the dough kneaded without yeast.
• The volume of dough rises, smell or texture has been changed.

Inference:

• Yeast is a type of microorganism and belongs to fungi.
• Yeast respires and breaksdown food to release energy for their growth.
• During this process carbon dioxide is released which make the dough soft and fluffy.

Activity 9

Let us prepare
Aim : Proper warm condition is necessary for the growth of bacteria.
Materials Required : Two small glass bowls, milk, curd.

Procedure :

• Take two small glass bowls – label them ‘A’ and ‘B’.
• Pour lukewarm milk in bowl A, and cold milk in bowl B.
• Now, add a small spoonful of curd to each bowl and mix well using a spoon.
• Cover both bowls. Keep bowl A in a warm place and bowl B in a cool place (like a refrigerator) for a few hours or overnight.

Observations :

• Table : Testing for curd formation using milk in different conditions
  
• You will observe that in bowl A, the milk has turned inte curd after a few hours and has become little sour.
• Whereas in bowl B, the milk has not curdled, but it might be a little sour.

Inference:

• The curd contains several types of bacteria, one of them is Lactobacillus which ferments the milk to form curd.
• These bacteria grow well in warm conditions. That is why curd is formed in bowl A but not in bowl B.

The Invisible Living World: Beyond Our Naked Eye Class 8 Extra Questions and Answers

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
How do microorganisms act as a cleaning agent of nature ?
Answer:
The organic wastes like vegetable peels and remains of animals are broken down into harmless and usable substances by the action of microorganisms. In agriculture they are used to increase soil fertility by fixing nitrogen and by making manure.

Question 2.
How is bread formed ?
Answer:
When yeast together with some sugar and warm water is mixed with flour (atta or maida) the dough begins to rise. The presence of sugar and the warmth stimulates rapid growth of the yeast cells. During their reproduction, yeast cells produce carbon dioxide. Bubbles of CO₂ fill the dough and make it rise. When baked into a loaf, the bread becomes light and spongy.

Question 3.
Write any three functions of the plant cell wall.
Answer:
The plant cell wall have the following functions :

• It maintains the shape of the cells.
• It protects the cells from mechanical injury and prevents their desiccation.
• It provides mechanical support against gravity. It is due to the rigid cell walls that the aerial parts of the plants are able to keep erect and expose their leaves to sunlight.

Question 4.
Why do plant cells possess large sized vacuole?
Answer:
Plant cells have large distinct vacuoles, They use their vacuoles for transporting and storing nutrients, metabolites and waste products. Plants also accumulate water in their vacuoles as they became larger through turgor driven by cell-wall expansion.

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Make a sketch of the human nerve cell. What function do nerve cell perform ?
Answer:

Functions :
(a) Nerve cells help in the transfer of messages from various body parts to brain and brain to various parts of the body.
(b) They help also in the coordination of the functions of the organs of the body.

Question 2.
Write short notes on the following :
(a) Cytoplasm
(b) Nucleus of a cell
Answer:
(a) Cytoplasm : Cytoplasm is a thick jelly-like fluid inside the cell membrane. All the life functions take place in the cytoplasm. There are many small cytoplasmic bodies in cytoplasm. These are called cell organelles. All organelles in cytoplasm play an active role in the functioning of the cell.

(b) Nucleus of a Cell : Nucleus is a large, spherical organelle presents in all the cells. Nucleus controls all the activities of cell. It is surrounded by a thin membrane called nuclear membrane. In animal cells, the nucleus is present at the centre of the cell. However, in the case of plant cells, it is present at the periphery of the cells. The nucleus consists of a nuclear membrane, nucleoplasm, nucleolus and chromosomes.

Case-Study Based Questions

1. Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions that follow :

Every living beings, from tiny bacteria to large animals, is made of cells. These organisms are very much useful in our daily life. During fermentation yeast breakdown sugar and produce carbon dioxide. This gas make idli and dosas soft and spongy. In olden days people knows how to prevent the growth of microbes. They add salt and sugar as a preservatives in pickles and murabbas. Do you know microalgae, plant like microscopic organisms, release oxygen while making food through photosynthesis ? They produce over half of earth’s oxygen. Similarly, ‘spirulina’ a microalga, is labbled as a super food because it is rich in protein and contain vitamin B₁₂.

(i) What property of yeast helps to make idli and dosas soft ?
(a) Releasing oxygen during fermentation.
(b) Releasing carbon dioxide during fermentation.
(c) Formation of Nitrogen gas
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) Releasing oxygen during fermentation.

(ii) Why does pickles and murabbas not get spoiled easily?
(a) Stored in metal jar
(b) Contains vinegar
(c) High salt and sugar concentration
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) High salt and sugar concentration

(iii) What do microalgae contribute most to earth?
(a) Oxygen production
(b) Soil Formation
(c) Nitrogen production
(d) Cloud formation
Answer:
(a) Oxygen production

(iv) What makes ‘spirulina’ a super food ?
(a) due to fat content
(b) due to high protein and vitamin B₁₂
(c) due to rich in carbohydrate
(d) due to rich in fibre
Answer:
(b) due to high protein and vitamin B₁₂

Picture Based Questions

I. Study the picture given below carefully and answer the following questions :

(i) Name the microorganism and the group to which it belongs.
(a) bread mould
(b) fungi
(c) bacteria
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) Bread mould

(ii) Name the food item on which the organism grows.
Answer:
Bread, fruits, starchy food like pasta, potatoes etc.

(iii) Does it grow well in dry or in moist conditions?
Answer:
It grows well in moist condition.

(iv) How can you prevent it from growing?
Answer:
We can prevent it from growing by the following ways:

• store in a cool and dry place.
• keep in a air tight container.

The Invisible Living World: Beyond Our Naked Eye Class 8 MCQ

Multiple Choice Questions (Mcqs)

Question 1.
What tool first helped humans see tiny living organisms?
(a) Spectrometer
(b) Microscope
(c) Thermometer
(d) Telescope
Answer:
(b) Microscope

Question 2.
What term was introduced by Robert Hooke after observing cork ?
(a) Nucleus
(b) Molecules
(c) Microbe
(d) Cell
Answer:
(d) Cell

Question 3.
Who was known as Father of Microbiology ?
(a) Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek
(b) Isaac Newton
(c) Charls Darwin
(d) Robert Hooke
Answer:
(a) Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek

Question 4.
Chloroplast is found in the :
(a) Plant cell only
(b) Animal cell only
(c) Both a and b
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) Plant cell only

Question 5.
Yeast is used in the production of :
(a) sugar
(b) alcohol
(c) hydrochloric acid
(d) oxygen
Answer:
(b) alcohol

Assertion and Reasoning

These questions consist of two statements, each printed as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). While answering these questions, you are required to choose any one of the following four responses.
(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are correct and reason is correct explanation for assertion.
(b) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are correct and reason is not correct explanation for assertion.
(c) Assertion (A) is correct but the Reason (R) is wrong.
(d) Assertion (A) is wrong but the Reason (R) is correct.

1. Assertion (A): Rhizobium bacteria lives in the root nodules of leguminous plants.
Reason (R): These bacteria trap nitrogen from the air and make it useful for the plants.
Answer:
(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are correct and reason is correct explanation for assertion.

2. Assertion (A): Spirulina, a microalga called superfood.
Reason (R): Because it is a good source of vitamin B₁₂ and protein.
Answer:
(a) Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are correct and reason is correct explanation for assertion.

Fill in the blanks

1. Microorganisms can be seen with the help of a ………….
Answer:
microscope

2. Alcohol is produced with the help of …………
Answer:
yeast

3. A muscle cell is shaped like a ………….
Answer:
spindle

4. A herve cell is very ………… and has ………….
Answer:
long, branches

5. The cell wall in the plant cell provides ………… and ………… to plants.
Answer:
rigidity, strength.

True or False

1. We can see microorganisms with our naked eyes.
Answer:
False

2. Mushroom is a fungi.
Answer:
True

3. The yolk (the yellow part of an egg) of an ostrich egg is a single cell.
Answer:
True

4. A group of similar cells forms a type of organ.
Answer:
False

5. Plant cells do not have a vacuole.
Answer:
False

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 7th Class Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 7 ସମୟଃ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 7 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 7 ସମୟଃ

१. समयं सूचयतु
(ସମୟଂ ସୂଚୟତୁ) ସମୟ କୁହନ୍ତୁ :
यथा – ୫.୦୦ – त्रिवादनम् ୩.୦୦ – ତ୍ରିବାଦନମ୍

(क) ६.०० – ________
उत्तर :
(क) ६.०० – षड़्वादनम्
(କ) ୬.୦୦ – ଷଡ଼ବାଦନମ୍

(ख)  ७.१५ – ________
उत्तर :
(ख) ७.१५ – सपादसप्तवादनम्
(ଖ) ୭.୧୫ – ସପାଦସପ୍ତବାଦନମ୍

(ग) २.३० – ________
उत्तर :
(ग) २.३० – सार्धद्विवादनम्
(ଗ) ୨.୩୦ – ସାର୍ଧଦ୍ବିବାଦନମ୍

(घ) ९.४५ – ________
उत्तर :
(घ) ९.४५ – पादोनदशवादनम्
(ଘ) ୯.୪୫ – ପାଦୋନଦଶବାଦନମ୍

(ङ) १०.५५ – ________
उत्तर :
(ङ) १०. ५ – पंचोनैकादशवादनम्
(ଙ) ୧୦.୫୫ – ପଞ୍ଚୋନୈକାଦଶବାଦନମ୍

(च) ११.२५ – ________
उत्तर :
(च) ११.२५ – सपादैकादशवादनम्
(ଚ) ୧୧.୨୫ – ସପାଦୈକାଦଶବାଦନମ୍

(छ) १२.२० – ________
उत्तर :
(छ) १२.२० – विंशत्यदिखद्वादशवादनम्
(ଛ) ୧୨.୨୦ – ବିଂଶତ୍ୟଧ୍ୱକଦ୍ୱାଦଶବାଦନମ୍

(ज) १.२० – ________
उत्तर :
(ज) १.१० – दशाधिक-एकवादनम्
(କ) ୧.୧୦ – ଦଶାଧୂକ-ଏକବାଦନମ୍

(झ) २.४० – ________
उत्तर :
(झ) २.४० – विंशत्यूनत्रिवादनम्
(ଝ) ୨.୪୦ – ବିଂଶତ୍ଯୁନତ୍ରିବାଦନମ୍

(অ) ५.४५ – ________
उत्तर :
(অ) ५.४५ – पादोनषड्वादनम्
(অ) ୫.୪୫ – ପାଦୋନଷଡ଼ବାଦନମ୍

२. शून्यस्थानं पूरयतु
(ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନଂ ପୂରୟତୁ) ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର :

यथा – द्विवादनम् २.०० (ଦ୍ବିବାଦନମ୍) ୨.୦୦
पश्चवादनम् ______
उत्तर :
(क) पञ्चवादनम् – ५.००
(କ) ପଞ୍ଚବାଦନମ୍ – ୫.००

सार्द्धचतुर्वादनम् ______
उत्तर :
(ख) सार्धचतुर्वादनम् – ४.४५
(ଖ) ସାର୍ଧଚତୁର୍ବାଦନମ୍ – ४.୩०

सपादषड़वादनम् ______
उत्तर :
(ग) सपादषड्वादनम् – ६.१५
(ଗ) ସପାଦଷଡ୍‌ବାଦନମ୍ – ୬.९४

दशाधिकसप्तवादनम् ______
उत्तर :
(घ) दशाधिकसप्तवादनम् – ७.१०
(ଘ) ଦଶାଧକତିବାଦନମ – ୭.୧୦

पश्चाधिकत्यिवादनम् ______
उत्तर :
(ङ) पश्चाधिकत्रिवादनम् – ३.०५
(ଙ) ପଞ୍ଚାଧ୍ଵକତ୍ରିବାଦନମ୍ – ୩.୦୫

चत्वारिंशद्अधिक-एकवादनम् ______
उत्तर :
(च) चत्वारिंशदाधिक-एकवादनम् – १.४०
(ଚ) ଚତ୍ବାରିଂଶଦଧୂକ-ଏକବାଦନମ୍ – ୧.୪୦

३. चित्तं पश्यतु समयं सूचयतु
(ଚିତ୍ର ପଶ୍ୟତୁ ସମୟଂ ସୂଚୟତୁ) ଚିତ୍ର ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ ସମୟ କୁହନ୍ତୁ :

(क)

उत्तर :
(क) सपादद्वादशवादनम्
(କ) ସପାଦଦ୍ଵାଦଶବାଦନମ୍

(ख)

उत्तर :
(ख) पादोन-एकादशवादनम्
(ଖ) ପାଦୋନ-ଏକାଦଶବାଦନମ୍

(ग)

उत्तर :
(ग) पंचाविंशत्यूनद्विवादनम्
(ଗ) ପଞ୍ଚବିଂଶତ୍ପାନଦ୍ବିବାଦନମ୍

(घ)

उत्तर :
(घ) पंचविंशत्यधिकवादनम्
(ଘ) ପଞ୍ଚବିଂଶତ୍ୟଧୂକଦ୍ବିବାଦନମ୍

(ङ)

उत्तर :
(ङ) सार्धत्रिवादनम्
(ଙ) ସାର୍ଧତ୍ରିବାଦନମ୍

(च)

उत्तर :
(च) विंशत्यून-एकादशवादनम्
(ଚ) ବିଂଶତ୍ଯୁନ-ଏକାଦଶବାଦନମ୍

(छ)

उत्तर :
(छ) सप्तवादनम्
(ଛ) ସପ୍ତବାଦନମ୍

(ज)

उत्तर :
(ज) पादोनषड्वादनम्
(ଜି) ପାଦୋନଷଡ଼ ବାଦନମ୍

४. समीचीनम् (✓) अथवा असमीचीनम् सूचयतु (✗)
(ସମୀଚୀନମ୍ .. ଅଥବା ଅସମୀଚୀନମ୍ ସୂଚୟତୁ):

(क) एकंवादनम् [ ]
उत्तर :
एकंवादनम् [✗]

(ख) त्रिवादनम् [ ]
उत्तर :
त्रिवादनम् [✓]

(ग) द्विवादनम् [ ]
उत्तर :
द्विवादनम् [✓]

(घ) चत्वारिवादनम् [ ]
उत्तर :
चत्वारिवादनम् [✗]

(ङ) द्वेवादनम् [ ]
उत्तर :
द्वेवादनम् [✗]

(च) चतुर्वादनम् [ ]
उत्तर :
चतुर्वादनम् [✓]

(छ) त्रीणिवादनम् [ ]
उत्तर :
त्रीणिवादनम् [✗]

(ज) एकवादनम् [ ]
उत्तर :
एकवादनम् [✓]

अतिरिक्त प्रश्नोत्तरम्
(ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତରମ୍)

१. मातृभाषया अनुवादं कुरुत।

(क) पादोनषडवादनम्।
उत्तर :
ପାଞ୍ଚଟା ୪୫

(ख) सपाददश वादनम्।
उत्तर :
ଦଶଟା ୧୫

(ग) सार्घत्रि वादनम्।
उत्तर :
ତିନିଟା ୩୦

(घ) दशादिकमक वारनम्।
उत्तर :
ଗୋଟେ ୧୦

(ङ) पंचविशन्युन द्विवारनम्।
उत्तर :
ଦୁଇଟା ବାଜିବାକୁ ୨୫ମି. ବାକି

२. स्तम्भमेलनं कुरूत।

उत्तर :

३. मातृभाषया अर्थं लिखत।

(क) चतुर्वादनम्
उत्तर :
ଚାରିଟା

(ख) अष्टवादनम्
उत्तर :
ଆଠଟା

(ग) सपाद नववादनम्
उत्तर :
ନଅଟା ପନ୍ଦର

(घ) सार्घदश वादनम्
उत्तर :
ଦଶଟା ଅଧେ

(ङ) पादोन-एकादशवादनम्
उत्तर :
ଏଗାର ବାଜିବାକୁ ପନ୍ଦର ମିନିଟ୍ ବାକି

४. संशोधनं कुरूत।

(क) सप्तवादनः
उत्तर :
ସପ୍ତବାଦନମ୍

(ख) पादशः अवटवादनम्
उत्तर :
ସପାଦଅଷ୍ଟ ବାଦନମ୍

(ग) अधंस दशवादनम्
उत्तर :
ସାର୍ଧଦଶ ବାଦନମ୍

(घ) त्रिंवादनम्
उत्तर :
ତ୍ରିବାଦନମ୍

(ङ) एकंवादनम्
उत्तर :
ଏକବାଦନମ୍

क: समय: ?
କଃ ସମୟ ? (ସମୟ କେତେ ?)

एकवादनम् १.००
ଏକବାଦନମ୍ (ଗୋଟେ ବାଜିଲା) ୧,୦୦

सपादद्वादशवादनम् १२.१५
ସପାଦଦ୍ୱାଦଶବାଦନମ୍ (ବାରଟା ୧୫ ମିନିଟ୍) ୧୨.୧୫

सार्द्धद्विवादनम् २.३०
ପଞ୍ଚାଧୂକ-ଦ୍ବିବାଦନମ୍ (ଦୁଇଟା ୫ ମିନିଟ୍ ହେଲା) ୨,୦୫

पादोनचतुर्वादनम् ३.૪५
ବିଂଶତ୍ୟନ-ଅଷ୍ଟବାଦନମ୍ (ଆଠଟା ବାଜିବାକୁ ୨୦ ମିନିଟ୍ ବାକି) ୭.୪୦

पत्काधिक-द्विवादनम् २.०५
ସାର୍ଧଦ୍ବିବାଦନମ୍ (ଦୁଇଟା ୩୦ ହେଲା) ୨.୩୦

विंशत्यून-अष्टवादनम् ७.४०
ପାଦୋନଚତୁର୍ବାଦନମ୍ (ସ୍ଫୁରିଟା ବାଜିବାକୁ ୧୫ ମିନିଟ୍ ବାକି ଅଛି) ୩.୪୫

पश्चोन-चतुर्वादनम् ३.५५
ପଞ୍ଚୋନ-ଚତୁର୍ବାଦନମ୍ (ଋରିଟା ବାଜିବାକୁ ୫ ମିନିଟ୍ ବାକି) ୩.୫୫

दशाधिक-पःचवादनम् ५.१०
ଦଶାଧୂକ-ପଞ୍ଚବାଦନମ୍ (ପାଞ୍ଚଟା ୧୦ ମିନିଟ୍ ହେଲା) ୫, ୧୦

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 8th Class Sanskrit Solutions Grammar ବ୍ୟାକରଣ ବିଭାଗ Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 8 Sanskrit Grammar ବ୍ୟାକରଣ ବିଭାଗ

संधिविधानम् (ସନ୍ଧିବିଧାନମ୍)

• ପ୍ର + ନମତି = ପ୍ରଣମତି
• ଇତି + ଆଦୟଃ = ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ
• ଶିଳ୍ପ + ଆଗାରସ୍ୟ = ଶିଳ୍ପୀଗାରସ୍ୟ
• ଶିଳ୍ପା + ଆଗାରାନ୍ = ଶିଳ୍ପୀଗାରାନ୍
• ଇତଃ + ତତଃ = ଇତସ୍ତତଃ
• କଃ + ଅପି = କୋଽପି
• କିମ୍ + ତୁ = = କିନ୍ତୁ
• ଅତି + ଲବ = ଅତୀବ
• ଇତି + ଇବ = ଇତୀବ
• ନିଶା + ଅର୍ଧ = ନିଶାର୍ଧ

• ମରଣାତ୍ + ପରମ୍ = ମରଣାପୂରମ୍
• ଭୂଚରଣକ + ଆଦୀନି = ଭୂଚଣକାଦୀନି
• ପ୍ର + ଆରମଃ = ପ୍ରାରମଃ
• କଃ + ଚିତ୍ = କଶ୍ଚିତ୍
• କିମ୍ + ଅପି = କିମପି
• ପରଂ + ତୁ = ପରନ୍ତୁ
• ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ତବାନ୍ = ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍
• ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ରୋତି = ପ୍ରାୟୋତି
• ଅତଃ + ଏବ = ଅତଏବ
• ସମ୍ + ଭଳ = ସମ୍ମିଳ
• ଅତି + ଅନ୍ତମ୍ = ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତମ୍
• ପରି + ଅଟକା = ପର୍ଯ୍ୟଟକା
• ପୁଷ୍ପ + ଅର୍ଘ୍ୟମ୍ = ପୁଷ୍ପାର୍ଘ୍ୟମ୍
• କଃ + ଚିତ୍ର = କଶ୍ଚିତ୍
• ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ରୋତି = ପ୍ରାପ୍ନାତି
• ଅତ୍ର + ଅପି = ଅତ୍ରାପି।

• ବୈଦିକଗୁରୁକୁଳ + ଆଶ୍ରମଃ = ବୈଦିକଗୁରୁକୁଳାଶ୍ରମଃ
• ଅର୍ଥ + ଉପାର୍ଜନମ୍ = ଅର୍ଥୋପାର୍ଜନମ୍
• ପ୍ର + ଆସୁବତି = ପ୍ରାପ୍ଲବନ୍ତ
• ଅତି + ଆବଶ୍ୟକ = ଅତ୍ୟାବଶ୍ୟକଃ
• ତତ୍ + ଅନନ୍ତରମ୍ = ତଦନନ୍ତମ୍
• ଉପନ୍ୟାସକାରଃ + ଚ = ଉପନ୍ୟାସକାରଷ୍ଟ
• ଅତି + ଲବ = ଅତୀବ
• ନାମ + ଅନୁସାରେଣ = ନାମାନୁସାରେଣ
• ସମ୍ + ଜାତଃ = ସଞ୍ଜାତଃ
• ସ୍ଵରଃ + ଲବ = ସ୍ଵର ଇବ
• ନ + ଅସ୍ଥି = ନାସ୍ତି
• ବିଦ୍ୟା + ଆଳୟେ = ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ
• ଉତ୍ + ମୋଚୟତ = ଉନ୍ମୋଚୟତ
• ମୂଲ୍ୟ + ଅଙ୍କନମ୍ = ମୂଲ୍ୟାଙ୍କନମ୍ନୀ
• ତିରନ୍ + ଆବଳୀଭି = ନୀତିରଡା଼ବଳିଭି
• ଅତ୍ର + ଉପସ୍ୱାପିତା = ଅତ୍ରୋପସ୍ଥାପିତାଃ
• ବୃଦ୍ଧ + ଉପସେବିନଃ = ବୃଦ୍ଧାପସେବିନଃ
• ସର୍ପଦୁର୍ଜନୟୋ + ମଧେ = ସର୍ପଦୁର୍ଜନୟୋର୍ମଧେ
• ସର୍ପ + ନ = ସର୍ପା ନ
• ଦୁର୍ଜନଃ + ତୁ = ଦୁର୍ଜନସ୍ତୁ
• କାର୍ଯ୍ୟମ୍ + ଅଦ୍ୟ = କାର୍ଯ୍ୟମଧ୍ଯ
• ଚ + ଅପରାହ୍ନିକମ୍ = ଚାପରାନ୍ତ୍ରିକମ୍।
• କୃତମ୍ + ଅଦ୍ୟ = କୃତମଦ୍ୟ
• ପ୍ରତି + ଈକ୍ଷତେ = ପ୍ରତୀକ୍ଷତେ
• କିମ୍ + ଅପି = କିମପି
• ନ + ଏବ = : ନୈବ
• ତତ୍ + ଅପି = ତଦପି
• ଅଚ୍ଛାନାମ୍ + ଅପି = ଅଳ୍ପନାମପି
• ନାରଃ + ଅପି = ନାଗୋଽପି
• ଗୁଣବତ୍ + ଜନସୃକାଁତ୍ = ଗୁଣବଜନସୃକାଁତ୍ସ୍ଵ
• ନଃ + ଅପି = ସ୍କୋଽପି
• ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ଳୁତି = ପ୍ରାପ୍ରୀତି
• ପୁଷ୍ପମାଳ + ଅନୁଷଙ୍ଗଣ = ପୁଷ୍ପମାଳାନୁଷଙ୍ଗଣ
• ପଞ୍ଚ + ଏବ = ପଞ୍ଚିବ
• ମନୁଷ୍ୟାନ୍ + ଚ = ମନୁଷ୍ୟ
• ଗୁରୂନ୍ + ଅତିଥୁପଞ୍ଚମାନ୍ = ଗୁରୂନତିଥପଞ୍ଚମାନ୍ତୃ
• ତିଃ + ଆରଭ୍ୟତେ = ତୃଣେରାରଭ୍ୟତେ
• ଉଦାରଚରିତାନାଂ + ତୁ = ଉଦାରଚରିତାନାନ୍ତୁ
• ବସୁଧା + ଏବ = ବସୁଧୈବ
• ହଂସ + ହି = ହଂସୋ ହି
• କ୍ଷୀରମ୍ + ଆଦରେ = କ୍ଷୀରମାଦରେ
• ତତ୍ + ମିଶ୍ରିତ୍ = ତନ୍ନିଶ୍ରାତ୍ଭ
• ବେତ୍ + ନ = ଭବେନ୍ନ
• କଦା + ଅପି = କଦାପି
• କଥମ୍ + ଅପି = କଥମପି

• ବର୍ଜୟତି + ଅପଃ = ବର୍ଜୟତ୍ୟପଃ
• ତଥା + ଏବ = ତଥୈବ
• କଃ + ବନ = କଷ୍ଟନ
• ସତ୍ + ଜନଃ = ସଜନଃ
• ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍‌ସ୍ୟାମି = ପ୍ରାପ୍‌ସ୍ୟାମି
• ନିଃ + କରୁନଃ = ନିଷ୍କରୁନଃ
• ଚ + ଆସୀତ୍ = ଚାସୀତ୍
• କଃ + ବନ = କଷ୍ଟନ
• ତତ୍ର + ଏବ = ତତ୍ରୈବ
• ସମ୍ + ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି = ସମ୍ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି
• ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ତବାନ୍ = ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍
• କଃ + ଚିତ୍ର = କଶ୍ଚିତ୍
• ସର୍ବ + ଆଦୌ = ସର୍ବାଦୌ
• ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ଲୁୟାତ୍ = ପ୍ରାପ୍ତିତ୍ବ
• ହନଃ + ମଣ୍ଡୁକା = ବହବୋ ମଣ୍ଡୁକା
• ସମ୍ + ମିଳିତା = ସମ୍ମିଳିତ
• ଇତି + ଆଦିଭଃ = ଇତ୍ୟାଦିଭି
• ତଥା + ଅପି = ତଥାପି
• ପରଂ + ତୁ = ପରନ୍ତୁ
• ମନ + ବଳମ୍ = ମନୋବଳମ୍ପା
• ଦମ୍ + ଅପି = ପାଦମପି
• ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ତବତଃ = ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବୟଃ
• କସ୍ୟ + ଅପି = କନ୍ୟାପି
• ଇତି + ଆଦୀନି = ଇତ୍ଯାଦୀନି
• ଶତଃ + ଇତି = ଶକ୍ତ ଇତି
• ପରଃ + ପରମ୍ = ପରସ୍ପରମ୍ବ
• ଚନ + ଅନୁସାରମ୍ଭ = ବଚନାନୁସାରମ୍କ
• ସ୍ୟ + ଅପି = କନ୍ୟାପି
• ସାଧୁ + ଉକ୍ତମ୍ = ସାଧୂକ୍ତମ୍ଅ
• ତି + ଉଜଃ = ଅତ୍ୟୁତଃ
• ପ୍ରଧାନ + ଅମାତ୍ୟ = ପ୍ରଧାନାମାତ୍ୟ
• ତଥା + ଏବ = ତଥୈବ
• କାଳ + ଅନ୍ତରେ = କାଳାନ୍ତରେ
• ଜନ୍ମଭୂମି + ଚ = ଜନ୍ମଭୂମିଣ୍ଟ
• ସ୍ଵର୍ଗତ୍ + ଅପି = ସ୍ବର୍ଗାଦପି
• ଭବତାଂ + ମମ = ଭବତାନୁମ
• ଯତ୍ର + ଅହିଂସା = ଯତ୍ରାହିଂସା

• ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ରତା ସାଧନମ୍ + ଅକରୋତ୍ = ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ରତାସାଧନମକରୋତ୍ର
• ବୀନ୍ଦ୍ର + ମଧୁରମ୍ = ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ରା ମଧୁରମ୍
• କା + ଅପି = କାପି
• ସହ + ଉଦରା = ସହୋଦରଃ
• ବିହଙ୍ଗ + ଉତ୍‌ପତନେ = ବିହଙ୍ଗୋତ୍ପତନେ

संधिविच्छेद: (ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦଃ)

• ପ୍ରଣମତି = ପ୍ର + ନମତି
• ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ = ଇତି + ଆଦୟ
• ଶିଳାଗାରସ୍ୟ = ଶିଳ୍ପ + ଆଗାରସ୍ୟ
• ଶିଳ୍ପୀଗାରାନ୍ = ଶିଳ୍ପ + ଆଗାରାନ୍
• ଇତସ୍ତତଃ = ଇତଃ + ତତଃ
• କୋଽପି = କଃ + ଅପି
• କିନ୍ତୁ = କିମ୍ + ତୁ
• ଅତୀବ = ଅତି + ଇବ
• ନିଶାର୍ଧ = ନିଶା + ଅର୍ଧ
• ମରଣାପୂରମ୍ = ମରଣାତ୍ + ପରମ୍
• ଭୂଚଣକାଦୀନି = ଭୂଚଣକ + ଆଦାନ
• ପ୍ରାରମ୍ଭ = ପ୍ର + ଆରମ୍ଭ
• ଶାକାଦିର୍ଭି = ଶାକ + ଆଦିରଃ
• କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ = କଃ + ଚିତ୍ର
• କିମପି = କିମ୍ + ଅପି
• ପରନ୍ତୁ = ପରଂ + ତୁ
• ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍ = ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ତବାନ୍
• ପ୍ରାଷ୍ଟୋତି = ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ଳୁତି
• ଅତ ଏବ = ଅତଃ + ଏବ
• ସମୁଳ = ସମ୍ + ଉଚ୍ଚ

• ପର୍ଯ୍ୟଟକା = ପରି + ଅଟକା
• କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ର = କଃ + ଚିତ୍ର
• ପ୍ରାଷ୍ଟୋତି = ପ୍ର + ଆଜ୍ୟୋତି
• ଅତୀବ = ଅତି + ଇବ
• ପୁଷ୍ପାର୍ଘ୍ୟମ୍ = ପୁଷ୍ପ + ଅର୍ଘ୍ୟମ୍
• ଅତ୍ରାପି = ଅତ୍ର + ଅପି
• ବୈଦିକଗୁରୁକୁଳା ଶ୍ରମଃ = ବୈଦିକଗୁରୁକୁଳ + ଆଶ୍ରମ
• ଅର୍ଥୋପାର୍ଜନମ୍ = ଅର୍ଥ + ଉପାର୍ଜନମ୍
• ପ୍ରାପ୍ରୁବନ୍ତି = ପ୍ର + ଆସୁବନ୍ତି .
• ଅତ୍ୟାବଶ୍ୟକମ୍‌ = ଅତି + ଆବଶ୍ୟକମ୍
• ତଦନନ୍ତରଂ = ତତ୍ + ଅନନ୍ତରମ୍
• ଉପନ୍ୟାସକାରଷ୍ଟ = ଉପନ୍ୟାସକାରଃ + ଚ
• ଅତୀବ = ଅତି + ଇବ
• ପରନ୍ତୁ = ପରମ୍ + ତୁ
• ନାମାନୁସାରେଣ = ନାମ + ଅନୁସାରେଣ
• ସଞ୍ଜାତଃ = ସମ୍ + ଜାତଃ
• ସ୍ଵର ଇବ = ସ୍ଵରଃ + ଇବ
• ନାସ୍ତି = ନ + ଅସ୍ତି
• ନୀତିରନ୍ଧାବଳିଭଃ = ନୀତିରନ୍ + ଆବଳିଭିଂ
• ଅତ୍ରୋପସ୍ଥାପିତା = ଅତ୍ର + ଉପସ୍ଥାପିତା
• ପସେବିନଃ = ବୃଦ୍ଧ + ଉପବେସିନଃ
• ପ୍ରାଣମତ୍‌ = ପ୍ର + ଅନମତ୍
• ସର୍ପଦୁର୍ଜନୟୋର୍ମଧ୍ଯ = ସର୍ପଦୁର୍ଜନ + ମଧ୍ୟ
• ସର୍ପୋ ନ = ସପଃ + ନ
• ସର୍ପୋ ଦଶତି = ସପଃ + ଦଶତି
• ଦୁର୍ଜନସ୍ତୁ = ଦୁର୍ଜନଃ + ତୁ
• କାର୍ଯ୍ୟମଦ୍ୟ = କାର୍ଯ୍ୟମ୍ + ଅଦ୍ୟ
• ଚାପରାହ୍ନିକମ୍ = ଚ+ ଅପରାହ୍ନିକମ୍
• କୃତମସ୍ୟା = କୃତମ୍ + ଅଦ୍ୟ
• ପ୍ରତୀକ୍ଷତେ = ପ୍ରତି+ ଈକ୍ଷତେ
• କିମପି = କିମ୍ + ଅପି
• ଜୈବ = ନ + ଏବ
• ତଦପି = ତତ୍ + ଅପି
• ଅଜ୍ଞା ନାମପି = ଅଚ୍ଛାନାମ୍ + ଅପି
• ନାଗୋଽପି = ନାରଃ + ଅପି
• କିନ୍ତୁ = କିଂ + ତୁ
• ଗୁଣବଜନସ୍ମର୍କାତ୍ = ଗୁଣବତ୍ + ଜନସୃତ୍
• ସ୍ଵକପି = ସ୍ଵତଃ + ଅପି
• ପ୍ରାସ୍ମୋତି = ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ରୋତି
• ପୁଷ୍ପମାଳା ନୁଷଙ୍ଗଣ = ପୁଷ୍ପମାଳ + ଅନୁଷଙ୍ଗଣ
• ପବ = ପଞ୍ଚ + ଏବ
• ଗୁରୂନତିଥପଞ୍ଚମାନ୍ = ଗୁରୂନ୍ + ଅତିଥପଞ୍ଚମାନ୍
• ତୃଣିରାରଭ୍ୟତେ = ତୃ + ଆରଭ୍ୟତେ
• ଉଦାରଚରିତାନାନ୍ତୁ = ଉଦାରଚରିତାନାଂ + ତୁ
• ବସୁଧୈବ = ବସୁଧା + ଏବ
• ହଂସୋ ହି = ‘ହଂସ + ହି

• କ୍ଷୀରମାଦରେ = କ୍ଷୀରମ୍ + ଆଦରେ
• ତନ୍ନିଶ୍ରାତ୍‌ = ତତ୍ + ମିଶ୍ରିତ୍ଭ
• ବେନ୍ସ = ଭବେତ୍ + ନ
• କଦାପି = କଦା + ଅପି
• କଥମପି = କଥମ୍ + ଅପି
• ବର୍ଜୟତ୍ୟପଃ = ବର୍ଜୟତି + ଅପ
• ତଥୈବ = ତଥା + ଏବ
• କଷ୍ଟନ = କଃ + ଚନ
• ସଜନଃ = ସତ୍ + ଜନଃ
• ନିଷ୍ଠାପ = ନିଃ + ପାପଃ
• .ନିଷ୍କରୁନଃ = ନିଃ + କରୁନଃ
• ପ୍ରାପ୍‌ସ୍ୟାମି = ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍‌ସ୍ୟାମି
• ପ୍ରଧାନାମାତ୍ୟ = ପ୍ରଧାନ + ଅମାତ୍ୟ
• ତଥୈବ = ତଥା + ଏବ
• କାଳାନ୍ତରେ = କାଳ + ଅନ୍ତରେ
• ଜନ୍ମଭୂମିଷ୍ଟ = ଜନ୍ମଭୂମି + ଚ
• ସ୍ବର୍ଗାଦପି = ସ୍ଵର୍ଗତ୍ + ଅପି
• କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ = କଃ + ଚିତ୍
• ସର୍ବାଦୌ = ସର୍ବ + ଆଦୌ
• ପ୍ରାପ୍ରୁୟାତ୍ = ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍‌ୟାତ୍
• ବହବୋ ମଣ୍ଡୁକା = ବହନଃ + ମଣ୍ଡୁକା
• ସମ୍ମିଳିତା = ସମ୍ + ମିଳିତଃ
• ଇତ୍ୟାଦିଭିଂ = ଇତି + ଆଦିଭି
• କ୍ରୋ ବା = କଃ + ବା
• ତଥାପି = ତଥା + ଅପି
• ମନୋବଳମ୍ = ମନଃ + ବଳମ୍
• ପୁନରପି = ପୁନଃ + ଅପି
• କୋଽପି = କଃ + ଅପି
• ପାଦମପି = ପାଦମ୍ + ଅପି
• ପ୍ରାପ୍ତିବତଃ = ପ୍ର + ଆୟୁବତଃ
• କସ୍ୟାପି = କସ୍ୟ + ଅପି
• ଇତ୍ୟାଦୀନି = ଇତି + ଆଦାନ
• ଶକ୍ତ ଇତି = ଶନ୍ତଃ + ଇତି
• ପରସ୍କରମ୍ = ପରଃ + ପରମ୍
• ବଚନାନୁସାରମ୍ = ବଚନ + ଅନୁସାରମ୍
• କନ୍ୟାପି = କସ୍ୟ + ଅପି
• ସାଧୁଲମ୍ = ସାଧୁ + ଉକ୍ତମ୍
• ଅତ୍ୟଚ୍ଚ = ଅତି + ଉଚ୍ଚ
• ବାସୀଙ୍କ = ଚ+ ଆସୀତ୍
• କଣ୍ଟନ = କଃ + ଚନ
• ଅତୀବ = ଅତି + ଇବ
• ତତ୍ରୈବ = ତତ୍ର + ଏବ
• ସମ୍ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି = ସମ୍ + ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି
• ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍ = ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ତବାନ୍
• ଭବତାନ୍କମ = ଭବତାଂ + ମମ
• ଯତ୍ରାହିଂସା = ଯତ୍ର + ଅହିଂସା

• ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ରତା ସାଧନମୂକରୋତ୍ = ସ୍ୱତନ୍ତ୍ରତାସାଧନମ୍ ଅକରୋତ୍
• ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ରା ମଧୁରମ୍ = ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ର + ମଧୁରମ୍
• କାପି = କା’ + ଅପି .
• ସହୋଦରଃ = ସହ + ଉଦରଃ
• ବିହଙ୍ଗୋପତନେ = ବିହଙ୍ଗ + ଉତ୍‌ପତନେ

क्रियापदचयनम् (କ୍ରିୟାପଦଚୟନମ୍ )

प्रश्न 1.
ପ୍ରବହତି, ଗଙ୍ଗା, ଘୋଷିତବାନ୍, ଅକରୋତ୍, ପ୍ରବର୍ଗତେ, ଭବତି ।
उत्तर:
ପ୍ରବହତି, ଘୋଷିତବାନ୍, ଅକରୋଡ୍, ପ୍ରବର୍ଗତେ, ଭବତି।

प्रश्न 2.
ହଂସ, ଆଦତ୍ତ, ଦଶତି, ସ୍ୟାତ୍, ଭବେତ୍, କୁର୍ଥାତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଆଦରେ, ଦଶତି, ସ୍ୟାତ୍, ଭବେତ, କୁର୍ଯ୍ୟାତ୍।

प्रश्न 3.
ମୁଞ୍ଚତି, ପ୍ରାଷ୍ଟୋତି, ଧାର୍ଯ୍ୟ, ଯାତି, ଶିରସି, ବର୍ଣୟନ୍ତି ।
उत्तर:
ମୁଞ୍ଚତି, ପ୍ରାପ୍ନାତି, ଧାର୍ଯ୍ୟତେ, ଯାତି, ବର୍ଷୟନ୍ତି।

प्रश्न 4.
ଦଶତି, କୃତବାନ୍, ଅକରୋଡ୍, ପ୍ରଖରା, ଆସୀତ୍ବ, ଭବତି ।
उत्तर: ଦଶତି, କୃତବାନ୍, ଅକରୋତ, ଆସୀତ, ଭବତି ।

प्रश्न 5.
ନିବସନ୍ତି, ଭବତି, ଅସ୍ଥି, ଭୂମି, ପ୍ରାପ୍ରୁବନ୍ତି, ଆସୀତ୍।
उत्तर:
ନିବସ୍‌ତ୍ତି, ଭବତି, ଅସ୍ଥି, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତିବନ୍ତି, ଆସୀତ୍।

प्रश्न 6.
କୁର୍ବନ୍ତ, ଜାନାତି, ଅସ୍ଥି, ଅତ୍ର, ଭବତି, ପୋଷୟତି ।
उत्तर:
କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି, ଜାନାତି, ଅସ୍ଥି, ଭବତି, ପୋଷୟତି ।

प्रश्न 7.
ଅସ୍ଥି, ନିବସତି, ଲିଖୁତବାନ୍, ଭବତି, ସମର୍ପୟତି, ମାର୍ଗମ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଅସ୍ଥି, ନିବସନ୍ତ, ଲିଖତବାନ୍, ଭବତି, ସମର୍ପୟନ୍ତି ।

प्रश्न 8.
ପ୍ରାଷ୍ଟୋତି, ସ୍ୟାତ୍, ପୃଷ୍ଟବାନ୍, ଭକ୍ତବାନ୍, ଭବାନ୍,ଅଗଚ୍ଛତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ପ୍ରାଷ୍ଟୋତି, ସ୍ୟାତ, ପୃଷ୍ଟବାନ, ଉକ୍ତବାନ, ଅଗଚ୍ଛତ୍।

प्रश्न 9.
ଅସ୍ଥି, ପଠତି, ଇତି, ସ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ତୁ, ହରଡି ।
उत्तर:
ଅଗ୍ନି, ପଠରି, ସରି, ଆଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ତୁ, ହରନ୍ତି ।

प्रश्न 10.
ମଣ୍ଡୟତି, ଜୀବନ୍ତ, ଭୂମି, କର୍ଷତି, କରୋତି, ଆନୟତି ।
उत्तर:
ମଣ୍ଡୟତି, ଜୀବନ୍ତି, କର୍ଷତି, କରୋତି, ଆନୟତି ।

प्रश्न 11.
କରିଷ୍ୟାମଃ, ଅଭବତ୍, କୃତବନ୍ତୀ, ନୀତବନ୍ତୀ, ଭାଷଣମ୍, ଆସୀତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
କରିଷ୍ୟାମଃ, ଅଭିବତ୍, କୃତବନ୍ତୀ, ନୀତବନ୍ତଃ, ଆସୀତ୍।

प्रश्न 12.
ହ୍ୟାମି, ଦୀୟତେ, ଦଣ୍ଡୟତି, ଇଚ୍ଛାମି, ପଠନ୍ତି ।
उत्तर:
ସ୍ମିଥ୍ୟାମି, ଦୀୟତେ, ଦଣ୍ଡୟତି, ଇଚ୍ଛାମି, ପଠନ୍ତି ।

प्रश्न 13.
ମମ, ଭବେୟୁ, ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, ଅସ୍ଥି, ପାଳୟତି, ନେଷ୍ୟାମି |
उत्तर:
ଉବେୟୁ, ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, ଅସ୍ଥି, ପାଳୟତି, ନେଷ୍ୟାମି।

प्रश्न 14.
ଭବତି, ପ୍ରୟଚ୍ଛନ୍ତି, ଆଗଳନ୍ତି, ସନ୍ତ, କୁର୍ବନ୍ତ, ତତ୍ର ।
उत्तर:
ଭବତି, ପ୍ରୟଚ୍ଛନ୍ତି, ଆଗଛନ୍ତି, ସନ୍ତ, କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି।

प्रश्न 15.
ରକ୍ଷତି, ନୟତି, କୁର୍ମ, ଜାନାତି, ପୁନଃ, ପ୍ରଣମତି।
उत्तर:
ରକ୍ଷତି, ନୟତି, କୁର୍ମୁ, ଜାନାତି, ପ୍ରଣମତି।

प्रश्न 16.
ଆସୀତ୍, ସୂତ୍ରମ୍, ଅଭିବତ୍, ଅପଶ୍ୟନ, ଅଭବନ, ଆଗଛନ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଆସୀତ, ଅଭିବତ୍, ଅପଶ୍ୟନ୍, ଅଭବନ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛନ୍।

प्रश्न 17.
ଅପୀଡୟନ୍, ଅଭିବତ, ଦୁଃଖ୍ୟତଃ, ଆସୀତ, ଅଦଦାତ୍, ଅଚିନ୍ତୟତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଅପୀଡୟନ, ଅଭବତ, ଆସୀତ, ଅଦଦାତ, ଅଚିନ୍ତୟତ୍।

प्रश्न 18.
ଅପଶ୍ୟତ୍, ମରିଷ୍ୟତି, ଭବତି, କିମର୍ଥ୍ୟ, ରକ୍ଷତି, ଅଗଚ୍ଛତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଅପଶ୍ୟତ୍, ମରିଷ୍ୟତି, ଭବତି, ରକ୍ଷତି, ଅଗଚ୍ଛତ୍।

प्रश्न 19.
ଅବଦତ୍, ଭବତଃ, ଅଭିବତ୍, କାକ, ଅଗଚ୍ଛତ୍, ଆସୀତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଅବଦତ, ଭବତଃ, ଅଭିବତ୍, ଅଗଚ୍ଛିତ, ଆସୀତ୍।

प्रश्न 20.
ଦେହି, ଜଳମ୍, ରକ୍ଷ, ଆସୀତ୍, ଗତବାନ୍, ଭକ୍ତବାନ୍।
उत्तर:
ଦେହି, ରକ୍ଷ, ଆସୀତ, ଗତବାନ, ଉକ୍ତବାନ୍।

प्रश्न 21.
ରକ୍ଷତଃ, କରୋତି, ଛାତ୍ରା, ଭର୍ବତି, ଭବତଃ, ପଶ୍ୟତଃ ।
उत्तर:
ରକ୍ଷତଃ, କରୋତି, ଭବତି, ଭବତଃ, ପଶ୍ୟତଃ ।

प्रश्न 22.
କୁରୁତଃ, ପଶ୍ୟତଃ, ବର୍ଷୟତଃ, ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍, ସ୍ମାରୟତି ।
उत्तर:
କୁରୁତଃ, ପଶ୍ୟତଃ, ବର୍ଷୟତଃ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ, ସ୍ମାରୟତି ।

प्रश्न 23.
ଆଗତବନ୍ତଃ, ମୁଣ୍ଡୁକା, କୃତବତଃ, ବର୍ଷୟନ୍ତ, ଆସୀତ୍ବ, କୁର୍ଯ୍ୟାତ୍।
उत्तर:
ଆଗତବନ୍ତଃ, କୃତବତଃ, ବର୍ଷୟନ୍ତ, ଆସୀତ, କୁର୍ଯ୍ୟାତ୍ ।

प्रश्न 24.
କୃତବନ୍ତଃ, ପତିତବନ୍ତଃ, ମନୋବଳମ୍, କୁର୍ବନ୍ତ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବନ୍ତୀ, ଉଦ୍ଭବତୀ ।
उत्तर:
କୃତବନ୍ତଃ, ପତିତବନ୍ତଃ, କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବନ୍ତଃ, ଉଦ୍ଭବତୀ।

प्रश्न 25.
କୁର୍ଯ୍ୟା, ଶୃଣୁମା, ପ୍ରାପ୍ରୁୟା, ଭବେ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛତ, ଶିଶୁ ।
उत्तर:
କୁର୍ଯ୍ୟା, ଶୁଣୁୟଃ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତି, ଭବେ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛିତ।

प्रश्न 26.
ଆଗଳତ୍ବ, ଭବତଃ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍, ଅଭିବତ୍, କଥ୍ୟ, ଅବଦନ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଆଗଚ୍ଛିତ, ଭବତଃ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍, ଅଭିବତ୍, ଅବଦନ୍।

प्रश्न 27.
ଅବଦତ୍, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବନ୍ତ, ଅଭବନ୍, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍, ପୁତ୍ର, ଭବେ ।
उत्तर:
ଅବଦତ୍, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବନ୍ତଃ, ଅରବନ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍, ଭବେ ।

प्रश्न 28.
କ୍ରନ୍ଦସି, କ୍ରନ୍ଦାମି, ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, କରିଷ୍ୟାମି, ପୁତ୍ର, ଭବିଷ୍ୟାମି |
उत्तर:
କୁନ୍ଦସି, କ୍ରନ୍ଦାମି, ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, କରିଷ୍ୟାମି, ଭବିଷ୍ୟାମି ।

प्रश्न  29.
ଜ୍ଞାତବତୀ, ଅସ୍ଥି, କ୍ରନ୍ଦସି, ଚିହ୍ନମ, ଭବନ୍ତି, ପୂଛନ୍ତି ।
उत्तर:
ଜ୍ଞାତବତୀ, ଅସ୍ଥି, କୁନ୍ଦସି, ଭବନ୍ତି, ପୂଛନ୍ତି ।

प्रश्न 30.
ଭବତି, ପୂଛନ୍ତି, ବିସ୍ମରନ୍ତି, ଦୁଃଖମ୍, କଥୟତ୍ତି, ଭବିଷ୍ଯତି ।
उत्तर:
ଭବନ୍ତି, ପୂଛନ୍ତି, ବିସ୍ମରନ୍ତି, କଥୟନ୍ତି, ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି।

प्रश्न 31.
ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, ସ୍ଵାସ୍ୟତି, ସ୍ମରିଷ୍ୟତି, ଏତଦ୍, କଥୁତବତୀ, ଅଭିବତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, ସ୍ଵାସ୍ୟତି, ସ୍ମରିଷ୍ୟତି, କଥୁତବତୀ, ଅଭିବତ୍।

प्रश्न 32.
ଅପଶ୍ୟତ୍, ମରିଷ୍ୟତି, ସଜ୍ଜନଃ, ରକ୍ଷତି, ଭବତି, ଅବଦତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଅପଶ୍ୟତ୍, ମରିଷ୍ୟତି, ରକ୍ଷତି, ଭବତି, ଅବଦତ୍।

प्रश्न 33.
ସମ୍ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, ଭବତି, କୁରୁତଃ, ପଶ୍ୟତ, ବର୍ଷୟତ, ଫଳମ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ସମ୍ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, ଭବତି, କୁରୁତଃ, ପଶ୍ୟତ, ବର୍ଷୟତ ।

प्रश्न 34.
ପ୍ରକଟିତବତୀ, ଉତ୍ପାଟିତବାନ୍, ଦୂରୀକୃତବାନ୍, ଅଭିବତ୍, ନୟନମଃ, ସ୍ଵାସ୍ୟତି ।
उत्तर:
ପ୍ରକଟିତବତୀ, ଉତ୍ପାଟିତବାନ୍, ଦୂରୀକୃତବାନ୍, ଅଭିବତ୍, ସ୍ଵାସ୍ୟତି |

प्रश्न 35.
ଭ୍ରମତି, ଖେଳତି, ଦୁଷ୍ୟନ୍ତ, ବାଳିକା, ପଶ୍ୟାମି, ଦ୍ରଷ୍ୟାମି ।
उत्तर:
ଭ୍ରମତି, ଖେଳନ୍ତି, ଦ୍ରଷ୍ୟାନ୍ତ, ପଶ୍ୟାମି, ଦ୍ରଷ୍ୟାମି ।

प्रश्न 36.
ଚିନ୍ତୟତି, ସ୍ତମଃ, ବର୍ଷୟତି, କୁର୍ଯାତ୍, ଗଚ୍ଛେତ୍, ପତେତ୍।
उत्तर:
ଚିନ୍ତୟତି, ବର୍ଷୟତି, କୁର୍ଯାତ, ଗଚ୍ଛେତ, ପତେତ୍।

प्रश्न 37.
ଦତ୍‌ଥ, କୁର୍ମ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ରୁଥ, ପିବାମଃ, ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ, ଶୁଣୁଥ ।
उत्तर:
ଦତ୍‌ଥ, କୁର୍ମୁ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ରୁଥ, ପିବାମଃ, ଶୁଣୁଥ।

प्रश्न 38.
ଆଗଚ୍ଛିତ, କୁରୁତ, ରକ୍ଷତ, ନିୟୋଜିତଃ, ଯୁବକ, ସ୍ଥାପିତବାନ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଆଗଚ୍ଛିତ, କୁରୁତ, ରକ୍ଷତ, ନିୟୋଜିତଃ, ସ୍ଥାପିତବାନ୍।

प्रश्न 39.
ତିଷ୍ଠତି, ତିଷ୍ଠତଃ, ତିଷ୍ଠନ୍ତି, ବାଳିକେ, ଦଦାତି, ଜାନାତି ।
उत्तर:
ତିଷ୍ଠତି, ତିଷ୍ଠତଃ, ତିଷ୍ଠନ୍ତି, ଦଦାତି, ଜାନାତି।

प्रश्न 40.
କରୋଷି, କୁରୁଥା, କୁରୁଥ, ବୟମ, ପଶ୍ୟସି, ପଶ୍ୟଥ ।
उत्तर:
କରୋଷି, କୁରୁଥ, କୁରୁଥ, ପଶ୍ୟସି, ପଶ୍ୟଥ ।

प्रश्न 41.
ସୁରିଷ୍ୟତି, ପୁତ୍ର, କଥୁତବତୀ, ରଚିତବାନ୍, କୃତବାନ୍, ଅର୍ପିତବାନ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ସ୍ମରିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତ, କଥୁତବତୀ, ରଚିତବାନ, କୃତବାନ୍, ଅର୍ପିତବାନ୍।

प्रश्न 42.
ବୃକ୍ଷ, ଆସୀତ୍ବ, ଅଭିବତ୍, ଅପଶ୍ୟନ୍, ଅଭବନ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଆସୀତ, ଅଭିବତ, ଅପଶ୍ୟନ୍, ଅଭବନ, ଆଗର୍ଜନ।

प्रश्न 43.
ଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ, ଚାଣକ୍ୟ, ପୂଛନ୍ତି, ବିସ୍ମରନ୍ତି, ବିସ୍ମରିଷ୍ୟସି, କଥୟତି ।
उत्तर:
ଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ, ପୃଚ୍ଛନ୍ତି, ବିସ୍ମରତି, ବିସ୍ମରିଷ୍ୟସି, କଥୟତି।

प्रश्न 44.
ପ୍ରାପ୍ରୁୟାତ୍ର, ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୀତବନ୍ତୀ, ମୟୂକ, ଆଗତବନ୍ତୀ, କୃତବନ୍ତଃ, ବର୍ଷୟନ୍ତ ସୁ ।
उत्तर:
ପ୍ରାପ୍ୟୟାତ, ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୀତବନ୍ତଃ, ଆଗତବନ୍ତଃ, କୃତବନ୍ତଃ, ବର୍ଣ୍ଣୟନ୍ତ

प्रश्न 45.
କୁର୍ଯ୍ୟା, ଶୁଣୁୟଃ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ରୁୟା, ବାଳିକା, ଭବେ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
କୁର୍ଯ୍ୟା, ଶୃଣୁୟାଁ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତି, ଭବେ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛିତ୍।

प्रश्न 46.
ତ୍ୟଜସି, ଲିଖନ୍ତି, ଗଚ୍ଛତୁ, ଭବତଃ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛନ, ଅପଶ୍ୟନ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ତ୍ୟଜର୍ସି, ଲିଖନ୍ତି, ଗଛତୁ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛନ, ଅପଶ୍ୟନ୍।

प्रश्न 47.
ହସସି, ତୁମ୍, ହସ, ହସଥ, ଭବସି, ଭବତଃ ।
उत्तर:
ହସସି, ହସଥା, ହସଥ, ଭବସି, ଭବତଃ ।

प्रश्न 48.
ପତିତବନ୍ତଃ, କୁର୍ବନ୍ତ, ଦର୍ଶକା, ଆରୂଢ଼ବାନ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବତଃ, ଉଦ୍ଭବତୀ ।
उत्तर:
ପତିତବନ୍ତଃ, କୁର୍ବନ୍ତ, ଆରୂଢ଼ବାନ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତିବନ୍ତୀ, ଉଦ୍ଭବତୀ।

प्रश्न 49.
ଅସ୍ତି, ନୟନ୍ତି, ସନ୍ତି, ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ, ମିତ୍ରାଣି, ତିଷ୍ଠତି ।
उत्तर:
ଅସ୍ତି, ନୟନ୍ତି, ସରି, ଡଃ, ତିଷ୍ଠତି।

प्रश्न 50.
ଧାବତି, ଧାବତଃ, ଧାବନ୍ତି, କୂଜନ୍ତି, କୋକିଳ, ନୃତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ।
उत्तर:
ଧାବତି, ଧାବତଃ, ଧାବନ୍ତି, କୂଜନ୍ତି, ନୃତ୍ୟନ୍ତି।

प्रश्न 51.
ଗଚ୍ଛାବ, ପଠାବ, ହସାବ, ଭବାନଃ, ଆବାମ୍, ପଶ୍ୟାବ
उत्तर:
ଗଚ୍ଛାବାଃ, ପଠାଦଃ, ହସାବ, ଭବାନଃ, ପଶ୍ୟାବ ।

प्रश्न 52.
ଗର୍ଜତି, ଦଶତି, ଆରୋହତି, ସ୍ନିହ୍ୟତି, କର୍ଷତି, କୃଷକ।
उत्तर:
ଗର୍ଜତି, ଦଶତି, ଆରୋହତି, ସ୍ପୃହ୍ୟତି, କର୍ଷତି ।

प्रश्न 53.
ପଠସି, ପଠଥ, ପଠଥ, ଯୁବାମ, ଭବସି, ଭବତଃ ।
उत्तर:
ପଠସି, ପଠଥ୍ୟ, ପଠଥ, ଭବସି, ଭବଥ ।

प्रश्न 54.
ଧାବନ୍ତି, ରଚୟତି, ଯାତି, ପାଳୟତି, କୂଜତି, ଅହମ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଧାବନ୍ତି, ରଚୟତି, ଯାତି, ପାଳୟତି, କୂଜତି ।

प्रश्न 55.
ଉବେୟମ୍, ଶୁଣୁୟାମ୍, ନିଷ୍ପୀତବାନ୍, ସା, କ୍ରନ୍ଦସି, କ୍ରନ୍ଦାମି ।
उत्तर:
ରବେୟମ୍, ଶୃଣୁୟାମ, ନିଶ୍ଚିତବାନ, କ୍ରନ୍ଦସି, କ୍ରନ୍ଦାମି।

प्रश्न 56.
ଦେହି, ରକ୍ଷ, କୃତବତଃ, ସୈନ୍ୟା, ଗତବାନ୍, ଭକ୍ତବାନ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଦେହି, ରକ୍ଷ, କୃତବନ୍ତୀ, ଗତବାନ୍, ଭକ୍ତବାନ୍।

प्रश्न 57.
ଯାପୟତି, ପଠତି, ମିତ୍ର, ହସ୍ପତି, ନୟତି, ଦଦାତି ।
उत्तर:
ଯାପୟତି, ପଠତି, ହସତି, ନୟତି, ଦଦାତି ।

प्रश्न 58.
ପଶ୍ୟସି, ପଶ୍ୟଥ, ପଶ୍ୟଥ, ନୟସି, ନୟଥ, ଛାତ୍ରା ।
उत्तर:
ପଶ୍ୟସି, ପଶ୍ୟଥ, ପଶ୍ୟଥ, ନୟସି, ନୟଥା ।

प्रश्न 59.
କୃଷକ, ବିକସତି, ରକ୍ଷତି, ପଠତି, ସ୍ନିହାତି, ଜଛତି ।
उत्तर:
ବିକସତି, ରକ୍ଷତି, ପଠତି, ସ୍ନିନ୍ଦ୍ୟତି, ଜତି।

प्रश्न 60.
କ୍ରୀଣୀତଃ, ଗୃହ୍ମୀତଃ, ଚିନୁତଃ, ତ୍ୱ, ରୁଦତଃ, ନୟାବ ।
उत्तर:
କ୍ରୀଣୀତଃ, ଗୃହ୍ମୀତଃ, ଚିନୁତଃ, ରୁଦତଃ, ନୟାବ ।

प्रश्न 61.
ଈଶ୍ୱରଃ, ଆଗଚ୍ଛତି, ପଶ୍ୟତି, ଚିନ୍ତୟତି, ଜନୟତି, କରୋତି ।
उत्तर:
ଆଗଚ୍ଛତି, ପଶ୍ୟତି, ଚିନ୍ତସ୍ଥତି, ଜନୟତି, କରୋତି।

प्रश्न 62.
ହସାମି, ପିତା, ପଠାମ, ଭବତି, ଦଦାସି, ଅସ୍ଥି ।
उत्तर:
ହସାମି, ପଠାମଃ, ଭବତି, ଦଦାସି, ଅନ୍ତି।

प्रश्न 63.
କ୍ରୀଣନ୍ତି, ଗୃହୁରି, ଚିନ୍ଧତି, ରୁଦନ୍ତି, ନୟାମଃ, ପିତା ।
उत्तर:
କ୍ରୀଣନ୍ତି, ଗୃହୁରି, ଚିନ୍‌ତି, ରୁଦନ୍ତି, ନୟାମଃ ।

प्रश्न 64.
ଆରୋହତି, ବାନରଃ, ଦଶତି, ଗର୍ଜତି, ନିନ୍ଦତି, ସ୍ମରତି।
उत्तर:
ଆରୋହତି, ଦଶତି, ଗର୍ଜତି, ନିନ୍ଦତି, ସ୍ମରତି।

कर्तृ पदचयनम् (କର୍ତ୍ତୃପଦଚୟନମ୍ )

प्रश्न 1.
ଭାରତୀ, ମନୋଜଃ, ପ୍ରଣମତି, ସ୍ୱ, ମାତା, ପରିବେଶଃ ।
उत्तर:
ଭାରତୀ, ମନୋଜଃ, ସ, ମାତା, ପରିବେଶଃ ।

प्रश्न 2.
ବାୟୁ, କ୍ଷେତ୍ରାଣି, ଜୀବା, ଭବତି, ମେଘା, ପରିବେଶଃ ।
उत्तर:
ବାୟୁ, କ୍ଷେତ୍ରାଣି, ଜୀବା, ମେଘା, ପରିବେଶଃ ।

प्रश्न 3.
ଦେଶଃ, ରାଜ୍ୟ, ରାଜଧାନୀ, ରାଜାନୀ, କୁର୍ବନ୍ତ, ସରୋବରଃ ।
उत्तर:
ଦେଶ, ରାଜ୍ୟ, ରାଜଧାନୀ, ରାଜାନଃ, ସରୋବରଃ ।

प्रश्न 4.
ରାଜା, ପ୍ରଜାଃ, ସାଧବ, ତେ, ଭବାନ୍, ସ୍ୟାତ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ରାଜା, ପ୍ରଜାଃ, ସାଧବୀ, ତେ, ଭବାନ୍।

प्रश्न 5.
ଛାତ୍ରୀ, ଶିକ୍ଷକ, ସ୍ୱ, ସ୍ବୟଂ, ଆସୀତ୍ବ, ଗୋପାଳ ।
उत्तर:
ଛାତ୍ରୀ, ଶିକ୍ଷକଃ, ସ୍ୱ, ସ୍ଵୟଂ, ଗୋପାଳ ।

प्रश्न 6.
ବାଳକ, ଏଷ, ଅହଂ, ସେବକଃ, ବୟଃ, ନୀତବନ୍ତଃ ।
उत्तर:
ବାଳକଃ, ଏହିଃ, ଅହଂ, ସେବକଃ, ବୟମ୍ ।

प्रश्न 7.
ଗୁରୁ, ମୁକୁନ୍ଦଦେବୀ, ସୈନିକ, ଅଭବତ୍, ମାତୃଭୂମି ଭବାନ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଗୁରୁ, ମୁକୁନ୍ଦଦେବାଃ, ସୈନିକ, ମାତୃଭୂମି, ଭବାନ୍ ।

प्रश्न 8.
ଜନା, ନଦ୍ୟ, ଭୂମି, ଶସ୍ୟାନି, କୃଷକ, ଭବତି ।
उत्तर:
ଜନଃ, ନଦ୍ୟ, ଭୂମି, ଶସ୍ୟାନି, କୃଷକ ।

प्रश्न 9.
ହରେକୃଷ୍ଣ, ଅହଂ, ଭବାନ୍, ପଠତି, ଛାତ୍ରା, ବୃକ୍ଷ ।
उत्तर:
ହରେକୃଷ୍ଣ, ଅହଂ, ଭବାନ, ଛାତ୍ରା, ବୃକ୍ଷା ।

प्रश्न 10.
ପଥଦଃ, ସ, ବୃଦ୍ଧ, ପୃଷ୍ଟବାନ୍, ଭବାନ୍, ଯଃ ।
उत्तर:
ପଥଦଃ, ସ, ବୃଦ୍ଧା, ଭବାନ୍, ଯଃ ।

प्रश्न 11.
ଭଲୁକ, ଗନ୍ଧମାଦନ, ପରିମଳଗିରି, ଏତତ୍ତ୍ଵ, ଭକ୍ତା, କରୋତି ।
उत्तर:
ଭଲୁକ, ଗନ୍ଧମାଦନ, ପରିମଳଗିରି, ଏତତ୍, ଭକ୍ତା|

प्रश्न 12.
ମହର୍ଷି, ସ୍ୱ, କ୍ଷେତ୍ର, ଅରଣ୍ୟ, ଜନା, ପୋଷୟତ୍ତି ।
उत्तर:
ମହର୍ଷି, ଡଃ, କ୍ଷେତ୍ର, ଅରଣ୍ୟମ୍, ଜନା ।

प्रश्न 13.
ପାଦପା, ମନ୍ଦିରମ, ଧୀବତି, ଯାତ୍ରିକା, ପର୍ଯଟକଃ, ପ୍ରାଚୀରମ୍ |
उत्तर:
ପାଦପା, ମନ୍ଦିରମ, ଯାତ୍ରିକା, ପର୍ଯଟକଃ, ପ୍ରାଚୀରମ୍।

प्रश्न 14.
ଗଙ୍ଗା, ଦେଶ, ତିଳକ, ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ର, ପ୍ରବହିତ, ଜନଃ ।
उत्तर:
ଗଙ୍ଗା, ଦେଶଃ, ତିଳକ, ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ର, ଜନଃ ।

प्रश्न 15.
ଆଦରେ, ହଂସ, ଦୀର୍ଘଦର୍ଶୀ, କୁଟୁମ୍ବକମ୍, ଅଙ୍ଗାରଃ, ପ୍ରତିକୂଳାନି।
उत्तर:
ହଂସ, ଦୀର୍ଘଦର୍ଶୀ, କୁଟୁମ୍ବକମ୍‌, ଅଙ୍ଗାରଃ, ପ୍ରତିକୂଳାନି।

प्रश्न 16.
ମୃତ୍ୟୁ, ବିଚକ୍ଷଣା, ସର୍ପ, ଦଶତି, ଦୁର୍ଜନୀ, ନରେଶଃ ।
उत्तर:
ମୃତ୍ଯୁ, ବିଚକ୍ଷଣା, ସର୍ପ, ଦୁର୍ଜନଃ, ନରେଶଃ ।

प्रश्न 17.
ସ୍ୱ, ତେ, ଗର୍ବାନ୍ଧ, ମହୀନ୍ଦ୍ର, ମହାପୁରୁଷା, ଜ୍ଞାତବାନ୍।
उत्तर:
ସ୍ୱ, ତେ, ଗର୍ବାନ୍ଧୀ, ମହୀନ୍ଦ୍ର, ମହାପୁରୁଷା ।

प्रश्न 18.
ଠାକୁରରାଜଃ, ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ, ରାଜଗୁରୁ, ଜନା, ପ୍ରବିଷ୍ଟବତଃ, ନେତାରଃ ।
उत्तर:
ଠାକୁରରାଜଃ, ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ, ରାଜଗୁରୁ, ଜନା, ନେତାରଃ ।

प्रश्न 19.
ଦେଶଃ, ଦାୟାଦଃ, ତେ, ଭାରତଂ, ନୀତବନ୍ତୀ, ଏଷା ।
उत्तर:
ଦେଶଃ, ଦାୟାଦଃ, ତେ, ଭାରତଂ, ଏଷା।

प्रश्न 20.
ବଟବୃକ୍ଷ, ପରିବାରଃ, ଶାବକ, ନୟତି, ମାତା, ଶୁକଃ ।
उत्तर:
ବଟବୃକ୍ଷ, ପରିବାରଃ, ଶାବକ, ମାତା, ଶୁକଃ ।

प्रश्न 21.
ସର୍ବେ, ବରଂ, ଶୁକଃ, ବ୍ୟାଧ୍ୟ, ପଶ୍ୟତି, ମାତା ।
उत्तर:
ସର୍ବେ, ବୟଂ, ଶୁକଃ, ବ୍ୟାଧ, ମାତା ।

प्रश्न 22.
ଆମ୍ରବୃକ୍ଷ, ଆସୀ, ସୂତ୍ର, କୋକିଳ, ସ, କାକଃ ।
उत्तर:
ଆମ୍ରବୃକ୍ଷ, ସୂତ୍ର, କୋକିଳୀ, ସ, କାକଃ ।

प्रश्न 23.
କାକା, ତେ, କ୍ରମେଣ, ସ୍ୱ, କୋକିଳ, ସଜନଃ ।
उत्तर:
କାକା, ତେ, ଡଃ, କୋକିନଃ, ସଜ୍ଜନଃ ।

प्रश्न 24.
ସୈନିକା, ଯୁବକ, ରକ୍ଷତ, ହେନେରୀ, ମାତା, ସେବିକା ।
उत्तर:
ସୈନିକଃ, ଯୁବକ, ହେନେରୀ, ମାତା, ସେବିକା।

प्रश्न 25.
ଜନମଃ, ହେନେରୀ, ଯୁବକ, ବ୍ୟବସାୟୀ, ଶ୍ରୁତମ, ସୈନିକା ।
उत्तर:
ଜନମଃ, ହେନେରୀ, ଯୁବକ, ବ୍ୟବସାୟୀ, ସୈନିକା।.

प्रश्न 26.
ଯଃ, ଭବେତ୍, ସର୍ବେ, ମଣ୍ଡୁକା, ଦର୍ଶକା, ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ।
उत्तर:
ଯଃ, ସର୍ବେ, ମଣ୍ଡୁକା, ଦର୍ଶକା, ସ୍ତମଃ ।

प्रश्न 27.
ସ୍ତତଃ, ଯଃ, ସ, ତ୍ୱ, ପତେତ, ଦର୍ଶକଃ ।
उत्तर:
ସ୍ତମଃ, ଯଃ, ସ, ବଂ, ଦର୍ଶକଃ ।

प्रश्न 28.
ପୁତ୍ର, ତ୍ୱ, ଏଷ, ଜନା, ଏଷା, ବିସ୍ମରିଷ୍ଯତି।
उत्तर:
ପୁନଃ, ବଂ, ଏଷ, ଜନଃ, ଏଷା ।

प्रश्न 29.
ବାଳ, ବାଣକ୍ୟ, ଏତତ୍ବ, ଏଷ, ଜନନୀ, ଅସ୍ଥି ।
उत्तर:
ବାଳ, ଚାଣକ୍ୟ, ଏତତ, ଏଷ, ଜନନୀ।

प्रश्न 30.
ଯୁବତଃ, ସୈନିକ, ଗ୍ରାମ, ପ୍ରାଣା, କୁରୁତ, ଧାର୍ମିକୀ ।
उत्तर:
ଯୁବତଃ, ସୈନିକ, ଗ୍ରାମଃ, ପ୍ରାଣୀ, ଧାର୍ମିକୀ।

प्रश्न 31
କୁର୍ଯ୍ୟାତ୍, ମଣ୍ଡୁକ, ଯଃ, ସ୍ତମଃ, ଶିଖରଃ, ବିଜୟୀ ।
उत्तर:
ମଣ୍ଡୁକଃ, ଯଃ, ସ୍ତମଃ, ଶିଖରଃ, ବିଜୟୀ ।

प्रश्न 32.
ବାଟିକା, ଭବତ, ଜନମଃ, ରତିଃ, ସରଳୀ, ମାର୍ଗ ।
उत्तर:
ବାଟିକା, ଜନମଃ, ରବି, ସରଜଃ, ମାର୍ଗ ।

प्रश्न 33.
କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ, ଏଷ, ପଶ୍ୟତ, ମହତ୍, ପୁରସ୍କାର, ମାନମଃ ।
उत्तर:
କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ, ଏଷ, ମହତ୍ବ, ପୁରସ୍କାରଃ, ମାନମଃ।

प्रश्न 34.
ଭାରତବର୍ଷମ, ଭବାନ୍, ଅକରୋତ୍, ତିଳକ, ଅହିଂସା, ସ୍ୱତନ୍ତ୍ରତା ।
उत्तर:
ଭାରତବର୍ଷମ, ଭବାନ, ତିଳକ, ଅହିଂସା, ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ରତା।

प्रश्न 35.
ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ର, ମଧୁରଂ, ଗାନଂ, ଅତନୋତୁ, ଦେଶଃ, ଜନ୍ମ।
उत्तर:
ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ର, ମଧୁରଂ, ଗାନଂ, ଦେଶଃ, ଜନ୍ମ।

प्रश्न 36.
ମନୁଜାଃ, ସର୍ବେ, ସହୋଦରା, ବିହଙ୍ଗା, ପ୍ରବର୍ତତେ, ଧର୍ମ ।
उत्तर:
ମନୁଜାଃ, ସର୍ବେ, ସହୋଦରା, ବିହଙ୍ଗା, ଧର୍ମ୍ଯ ।

प्रश्न 37.
ମନୋଜଃ, ଭବତି, ବାୟୁ, ପରିବେଶ, ମାତା, ଇୟମ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ମନୋଜଃ, ବାୟୁ, ପରିବେଶ, ମାତା, ଇୟମ୍।

प्रश्न 38.
ଇୟମ୍, କଃ, ବାୟୁ, ଜୀବା, ମେଘା, ପୂଚ୍ଛତି ।
उत्तर:
ଇୟମ୍, କଃ, ବାୟୁ, ଜୀବା, ମେଘା ।

प्रश्न 39.
ମେଘା, ବୃକ୍ଷା, ମାତା, ଭବତି, ବୃଦ୍ଧି, ରମା ।
उत्तर:
ମେଘା, ବୃକ୍ଷା, ମାତା, ବୃଦ୍ଧି, ରମା ।

प्रश्न 40.
ଦେଶଃ, ଏଷା, ପୁତ୍ର, କଥୟତି, ବାୟୁ, ସ୍ୱସାରଃ ।
उत्तर:
ଦେଶଃ, ଏଷା, ପୁନଃ, ବାୟୁ, ସ୍ଵରଃ ।

प्रश्न 41.
ସ୍ୱ, ସ୍ଵସା, ଦୁହିତା, କରୋତି, ପର୍ବତଃ, ମେଘା ।
उत्तर:
ସ, ସ୍ଵସା, ଦୁହିତା, ପର୍ବତଃ, ମେଘା ।

प्रश्न 42. ଜନଃ, ଜ୍ୟେଷ୍ଠା, ଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ, ଭବନ୍ତି,ଏଷା, ବାଳ ।
उत्तर:
ଜନଃ, ଜ୍ୟେଷ୍ଠା, ଶ୍ଳେଷ୍ମା, ଏଷା, ବାଜଃ ।

प्रश्न 43.
ବୃକ୍ଷ, ଜୀବା, ମେଘା, ଭ୍ରମତି, ମନୋଜଃ, ଇୟମ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ବୃକ୍ଷ, ଜୀବା, ମେଘା, ମନୋଜଃ, ଇୟମ୍ ।

प्रश्न 44.
ନିର୍ମାଣମ୍, ଅହମ୍, ଭବିଷ୍ୟସି, ଦର୍ପଣମ୍, ଚିହ୍ନମ, ଏଷ ।
उत्तर:
ନିର୍ମାଣମ୍, ଅହମ୍, ଦର୍ପଣମ୍, ଚିହ୍ନମ, ଏଷ ।

प्रश्न 45.
ଲୋକା, ନୀତିଃ, ମତଃ, ଭରି, ଶତିଃ, କୃତବାନ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ଲୋକା, ନୀତିଃ, ମତିଃ, ଭଲ୍ଲି, ଶ ।

प्रश्न 46.
ପାଦଃ, ଦର୍ଶକଃ, ଏକା, କୁର୍ଯା, ପୁତ୍ର, ସଫଳ ।
उत्तर:
ପାଦଃ, ଏକା, ଦର୍ଶକଃ, ପୁନଃ, ସଫଳ ।

प्रश्न 47.
ମୂର୍ଖ, ସର୍ବେ, ମାତରଃ, ଶିଶୁ, ଅହମ୍, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ।
उत्तर:
ମୂର୍ଖ, ସର୍ବେ, ମାତରଃ, ଶିଶୁ, ଅହଂ ।

प्रश्न 48.
ଉଜଃ, ପତେ, ଯନ୍ତ୍ର, ବଚନମ୍, ତେ, କଃ ।
उत्तर:
ଉଚ୍ଚା, ଯନ୍‌ମ, ବଚନ, ତେ, କଃ ।

प्रश्न 49.
ଏତତ୍ କୌଟିଲ୍ୟ, ନେତ୍ରୀ, ମଙ୍ଗଳ, ପଶ୍ୟ, ମାତୃଭୂମି ।
उत्तर:
ଏତତ୍, କୌଟିଲ୍ୟ, ନେତ୍ରୀ, ମଙ୍ଗଳଂ, ମାତୃଭୂମି ।

प्रश्न 50.
ମାତରଃ, ଦୁହିତରଃ, ବାୟୁ, ଯାତି, କଃ, ମାତା ।
उत्तर:
ମାତରଃ, ଦୁହିତରଃ, ବାୟୁ, କଃ, ମାତା ।

प्रश्न 51.
ମାତରଃ, ରାମଃ, ମନୋଜଃ, କରୋତି, ବୟମ୍, ଅହମ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ମାତରଃ, ରାମଃ, ମନୋଜଃ, ବୟମ୍, ଅହମ୍ ।

प्रश्न 52.
ଭ୍ରମତି, ପରିବେଶ, ଜଳମ୍, ଗଗନମ୍, ଭୂମି, ହାଃ ।
उत्तर:
ପରିବେଶ, ଜଳମ୍ବ, ଗଗନମ, ଭୂମି, ଡଃ ।

प्रश्न 53.
ଯାତ୍ରା, ଦୁହିତା, ଦୁହିତରଃ, ନନାନ୍ଦା, କରୋତି, ସ୍ଵସା ।
उत्तर:
ଯାତ୍ରା, ଦୁହିତା, ଦୁହିତରଃ, ନନାନ୍ଦା, ସ୍ଵସା ।

प्रश्न 54.
ବଂଶଃ, ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଗୁପ୍ତା, ରାମାୟଣମ୍, ବାକ୍ୟ, ସ୍ମରତି, ମଧୁ ।
उत्तर:
ବଂଶ, ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଗୁପ୍ତ, ରାମାୟଣମ୍, ବାକ୍ୟ, ମଧୁ।

प्रश्न 55.
ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରମ, ପ୍ରବହତି, ବିମଳା, ଗଙ୍ଗା, ବେଦଃ, ପବିତ୍ରମ୍ |
उत्तर:
ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରମ, ବିମଳା, ଗଙ୍ଗା, ବେଦଃ, ପବିତ୍ରମ୍ ।

प्रश्न 56.
ପୁନଃ, ମାତରଃ, ଅହମ୍, ବୟମ୍, ଫଳମ୍ ପୃଚ୍ଛତି ।
उत्तर:
ପୁନଃ, ମାତରଃ, ଅହମ୍, ବୟମ୍, ଫଳମ୍ ।

प्रश्न 57.
ମାତା, ଭୂମି, ଭବତି, ଗଗନମ, ପରିବେଶଃ, ବୃକ୍ଷା ।
उत्तर:
ମାତା, ଭୂମି, ଗଗନମ, ପରିବେଶଃ, ବୃକ୍ଷା ।

प्रश्न 58.
ଏକା, ପୁତ୍ର, ଭବୋ, ବଧୂର, ବାଳକଃ, ପ୍ରୟାସ ।
उत्तर:
ଏକା, ପୁନଃ, ବଧୂରଃ, ବାଳକ, ପ୍ରୟାତଃ ।

प्रश्न 59.
କ୍ରନ୍ଦସି, ଚାଣକ୍ୟ, ଶିଶୁ, ପୁଂ, ହସ୍ତ, ମଗଧଃ ।
उत्तर:
ଚାଣକ୍ୟ, ଶିଶୁ, ବଂ, ହସ୍ତୀ, ମଗଧଃ ।

प्रश्न 60.
ଅସ୍ଥି, ମମ, ନଦୀ, ପ୍ରଜାଃ, ନରେଶଃ, ଗ୍ରାମାଧୀଶଃ ।
उत्तर:
ମମ, ନଦୀ, ପ୍ରଜାଃ, ନରେଶଃ, ଗ୍ରାମାଧୀଶଃ ।

प्रश्न 61.
ସା, କୃଷ୍ଣବହିଃ, ଈଶ୍ୱରଃ, ସୁନ୍ଦରଃ, ଅସୁନ୍ଦରା, ଭବତି ।
उत्तर:
ସା, କୃଷ୍ଣବର୍ଶୀ, ଈଶ୍ୱରଃ, ସୁନ୍ଦରଃ, ଅସୁନ୍ଦରଃ ।

प्रश्न 62.
ଈର୍ଷା, ଆଗଛତି, ସ, ଗାନମ୍, ନେତ୍ରମ, ତୃପ୍ତି ।
उत्तर:
ଈର୍ଷା, ସା, ଗାନମ୍, ନେତ୍ରମ୍, ତୃପ୍ତି ।

प्रश्न 63.
ସୁଙ୍ଖ, ଦୁଃଖ, ଆସୀତ୍ବ, ମିତ୍ର, ଫଳ, ବନମ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ସୁଖ, ଦୁଃଖ, ମିତ୍ର, ଫଳ, ବନମ୍।

प्रश्न 64.
ସର୍ବା, ଅଭବତ୍, ଭବାନ୍, ସୂତ୍ର, ଛିନ୍ନମ୍, ଶୀଘ୍ରମ୍ ।
उत्तर:
ସର୍ବା, ଭବାନ୍, ସୂତ୍ର, ଛିନ୍ନମ, ଶୀଘ୍ରମ୍ ।

प्रश्न 65.
ପିତା, ତେ, ବୟମ୍, ଭବତି, ବୃକ୍ଷ ।
उत्तर:
ପିତା, ତେ, ବୟମ୍, ବୃକ୍ଷ ।

प्रश्न 66.
ଭବତି, କୋକିଳ, ଶୁକ, କୃପା, ପରିବାରଃ, ସୁବର୍ଷବର୍ଷ ।
उत्तर:
କୋକିଳ, ଶୁକଃ, କୃପା, ପରିବାରଃ, ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣବହିଃ ।

प्रश्न 67.
ବ୍ୟାଧଃ, ପିଞ୍ଜରା, ଅହଂ, ବଦତି, ସୃଷ୍ଟି, ମନଃ ।
उत्तर:
ବ୍ୟାଧଃ, ପିଞ୍ଜରା, ଅହଂ, ସୃଷ୍ଟି, ମନଃ ।

प्रश्न 68.
ଯନଂ, ସୂତ୍ର, ବନ୍ଧ, କାକା, ଚଞ୍ଚୁ, ଅଭବନ୍।
उत्तर:
ଯନଂ, ସୂତ୍ର, ବନ୍ଧ୍ୟା, କାକା, ଚଞ୍ଚୁ

प्रश्न 69.
ବଟବୃକ୍ଷ, ଏକ, ନୂତନଃ, ଶାବକ, ସା, ଅଛି ।
उत्तर:
ବଟବୃକ୍ଷ, ଏକ, ନୂତନଃ, ଶାବୟଃ, ସା।

वाक्यगठनम् (ବାକ୍ୟଗଠନମ୍)

• ଇଣ୍ଡିଂ – (ଇଏ) ଇୟଂ ମମ ଜନନୀ।
• ପ୍ରତିଦିନ – (ପ୍ରତିଦିନ) ପ୍ରତିଦିନଂ ପାଠ୍ୟ ପଠ।
• ଏକଦା – (ଥରେ) ଏକଦା ତତ୍ର ବନମ୍ ଆସୀତ୍
• ସହ – (ସହିତ) ମାତ୍ରା ସହ ମନୋଜଃ ଭ୍ରମତି ।
• ତଦା – (ସେତେବେଳେ) ତଦା ମାତ୍ରେ ନିବେଦୟତି।
• କୃପୟା – (ଦୟାକରି) କୃପୟା ବଦତୁ।
• ପରିତଃ – (ଚାରିପଟେ) ଅମ୍ଳାନ୍ ପରିତଃ ଯଃ ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନଃ ଅସ୍ତି ଡଃ ପରିବେଶଃ ।
• ପୁନଃ – (ପୁଣି) ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ପୃଚ୍ଛତି।
• ଭବତି – (ହୁଏ) ଭୂମି ଦୂଷିତା ଭବତି ।
• କୁର୍ମ – (କରିବା) ବୃୟଂ ବୃକ୍ଷଣା ରୋପଣଂ କୁର୍ମା।
• ତହିଁ – (ତେବେ) ତହିଁ ପରିବେଶଃ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଃ ଭବେତ୍।
• ବିଶ୍ଵାସ – (ବିଶ୍ଵାସ) ମାତରି ତଥ୍ୟ ବିଶ୍ୱାସ ଅସ୍ତି।
• ଇତି – (ବୋଲି) ଇତି ଡଃ ଶପଥ୍ୟ ନୟତି ।
• ଆନନ୍ଦେନ – ( ଖୁସିରେ) ମାତା ଆନନ୍ଦେନ ଆଲିଙ୍ଗତି।
• ରକ୍ଷତି – (ରକ୍ଷାକରେ) ବୃକ୍ଷ ରକ୍ଷତି ରକ୍ଷିତଃ ।
•  ସୂୟଂ – (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ) ପୂୟଂ ସର୍ବେ ପଠତ।
• ଛାତ୍ରା – (ଛାତ୍ରମାନେ) ଛାତ୍ରା ପାଠ୍ୟ ପଠନ୍ତୁ ।
• ଆସୀତ୍ – (ଥିଲେ) ସ୍ୱୀ ରାଜା ଆସୀତ୍।
• ଆଗଳ୍ପ – (ଆସ) ତୁମ ଅତ୍ର ଆଗଛ ।
• ସମ୍ୟକ୍ – (ଭଲ) ଅହଂ ସମ୍ୟକ୍ ପଠାମି।
• ଅଧୂକମ୍ – (ବେଶି) ତୁମ୍ ଅଧୂକଂ ଜାନାସି।
• କିନ୍ତୁ – (କିନ୍ତୁ) କିନ୍ତୁ ମନସି ସୁଙ୍ଖ ନାସ୍ତି ।
• କଥ୍ତବାନ୍ – (କହିଲେ) ଗୁରୁଦେବ କଥ୍ତବାନ୍।
• ଉଚ୍ଚୈଃ – ( ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ) ଛାତ୍ରା ଉଜଃ ପଠନ୍ତି ।
• ସାଧୁ – (ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ) ସାଧୁ ବାଳକ ସାଧୁ।
• କୃତେ – (ପାଇଁ) ତବ କୃତେ ନାସ୍ତି ।
• ଅତୀବ – (ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ) ଅହଂ ତ୍ବ ଅତୀବ ସୁହ୍ୟାମି ।
• ଏବଂ – (ହିଁ) ଏଷ ଏବ ଇଛତି।
• ତୁମ୍ – (ଦେବାକୁ) ପୁରସ୍କାରଂ ଦାତୁମ୍ ଇଚ୍ଛାମି ।
• କିଂ – (କଣ) ବଂ କିଂ ଖାଦସି ?
• ଏଷା – (ଇଏ) ଏଷା ମମ ଜନନୀ।
• ଉପରି – (ଉପରେ) ମମ ଉପରି ବଂ ତଃ ?
• ଅତ୍ର – (ଏଠାରେ) ଅତ୍ର କଃ ତିଷ୍ଠତି ?
• କ୍ରମଶଃ – (କ୍ରମେ) କ୍ରମଶଃ ଛାତ୍ରା ଗଛନ୍ତି ।
• ବହନଃ – (ବହୁତ) ବହବ ଜନଃ ଗଛନ୍ତି ।
• ଅଗ୍ରେ – (ଆଗରେ) ଅଗ୍ରେ ଅଗ୍ରେ ଆଗଛ ।
• ତଦାନୀ – (ସେତେବେଳେ) ତଦାନୀ ତୁମ୍ ଆଗଛ।
• ନୀତବାନ୍ – (ନେଉଥିଲେ) ବିଦ୍ରୋହସ୍ୟ ନେତୃତ୍ୱ ସ୍ୱ ନୀତବାନ୍ ।
• ତତଃ – (ତେଣୁ) ତତଃ ଅହଂ କଥୟାମି ।
• ଅଭବତ୍ – (ହେଲା) ଅଦ୍ୟ ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ଅଭବତ୍।
• ପ୍ରାୟତଃ – (ପ୍ରାୟ) ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଅସ୍ଥି ।
• ଜୀବନ୍ତ – (ବଞ୍ଚନ୍ତି) ଜନା କୃଷିଦ୍ୱାରା ଜୀବନ୍ତି ।
• ନାମ – (ନାଆଁ) ତବ ନାମ କିମ୍ ?
• କରୋତି – (କରେ) କୃଷକ କଷ୍ଟ କରୋତି।
• ନମଃ – (ନମସ୍କାର) କୃଷ୍ଣକାୟ ନମଃ ।
• ଏତସ୍ମିନ୍ – (ଏହି) ଏତସ୍ମିନ୍ ଗ୍ରାମେ କୃଷକ ତିଷ୍ଠନ୍ତି ।
• ହଳଂ – (ହଳ) ହଳଂ ନାମ ଲାଙ୍ଗଳମ୍।
• ଏତେନ – (ଏହାଦ୍ଵାରା) ଏତେନ ଭୂମି ଉର୍ବରା ଭବତି ।
• ଅସ୍ଵାକଂ – (ଆମର) ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ନାମ ଭାରତମ୍।

• ଭାବନ୍ତି – (ଅଟନ୍ତି) ତେ ଛାତ୍ରା ଭବନ୍ତି ।
• କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ – (କେହିଜଣେ) କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ ବୃଦ୍ଧ ଗଛତି।
• ଅଭବତ୍ – (ହେଲା) ଅଧୁନା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ଅଭବତ୍।
• ଅପଶ୍ୟତ୍ – (ଦେଖିଲା) ସା ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରମ୍ ଅପଶ୍ୟତ୍ ।
• ପୃଷ୍ଟବାନ୍ – (ପଚାରିଲା) ପୁନଃ ଜନକଂ ପୃଷ୍ଟବାନ୍ ।
• ଇତଃ – (ଏଠାରୁ) ଇତଃ କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା କିୟତ୍ ଦୂରମ୍ ?
• କିମପି – (କିଛି) ସାଂ କିମପି ନ ବଦତି।
• ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍ – (ପାଇଲା) ଡଃ ପୁରସ୍କାରଂ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍।
• ଦୂରେ – (ଦୂରରେ) ଦୂରେ ପର୍ବତଃ ଅସ୍ଥି ।
• ତହିଁ – (ତେବେ) ତହିଁ ତ୍ରିଂ କଥୟ ।
• ପ୍ରାସ୍ମୋତି – (ପାଏ) ଶ୍ରମିକ ପାରିଶ୍ରମିକଂ ପ୍ରାପ୍ନାତି ।
• ଏତସ୍ୟ – (ଏହାର) ଏତସ୍ୟ ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ୟ ନାମ ଭାଷାଜନନୀ ।
• ହରତି – (ହରଣକରେ) ପ୍ରାକୃତିକଶୋଭା ମନଃ ହରତି ।
• ଏକା – (ଗୋଟିଏ) ଏକା ବାଳିକା ଧାବତି ।
• ଆଗଚ୍ଛତି – (ଆସୁଛି) ସା ଅତ୍ର ଆଗଛତି ।
• ପ୍ରଣମନ୍ତି – (ପ୍ରଣାମ କରନ୍ତି) ଭକ୍ତା ଦେବଂ ପ୍ରଣମନ୍ତି ।
• ଉଭୟତଃ – ( ଉଭୟପଟେ) ମାର୍ଗମ୍ ଉଭୟତଃ ବୃକ୍ଷା ସତ୍ତ୍ୱେ ।
• ମନୋହରମ୍ – (ସୁନ୍ଦର) ତସ୍ୟ ଦୃଶ୍ୟ ମନୋହରମ୍ ।
• ବିନା – (ବିନା) ଧନଂ ବିନା ସୁଙ୍ଖ ନାସ୍ତି ।
• ଦର୍ଶନୀୟମ – (ଦର୍ଶନଯୋଗ୍ୟ) ଏତତ୍ ସର୍ବେଷା ଦର୍ଶନୀୟମ୍ ।
• ଅନ୍ତରେଣ – (ବିନା) ଜଳମ୍ ଅନ୍ତରେଣ ବୟଂ ନ ଜୀବାମଃ ।
• ଭକ୍ତା – ( ଭକ୍ତିରେ) ଭକ୍ତ ଭକ୍ତ ପ୍ରଣମନ୍ତି ।
• କ୍ରମେଣ – (କ୍ରମରେ) ଛାତ୍ରା କ୍ରମେଣ ଆଗଛନ୍ତି ।
• କୁଧତି – (ରାଗୁଛନ୍ତି) ପିତା ପୁତ୍ରାୟ କୃଧତି ।
• ସାକମ୍ – ( ସହିତ) ମୟା ସାକମ୍ ଆଗଛ। .
• ଅଭିତଃ – (ଆଗରେ) ପିତରମ୍ ଅଭିତଃ ସତ୍ୟ ବଦତୁ।
• ବା – (କି) ଙ୍‌ ପଠସି ବା ?
• ନ – (ନାହିଁ) ଅହଂ ନ ପଠାମି।
• ମହତ୍ – (ବଡ଼) ଅତ୍ର ମହତ୍ ଅରଣ୍ୟମ୍ ଆସୀତ୍ ।
• କ୍ରମଶଃ – (କ୍ରମେ) କ୍ରମଶଃ ଜଳ ବଦ୍ଧତେ।
• କୁର୍ବନ୍ତ – (କରନ୍ତି) ଜନଃ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି ।
• ତେନ – ( ତାହାଦ୍ୱାରା) ତେନ ପରିବାରାନ୍ ପୋଷୟନ୍ତି ।
• ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟବ୍ୟ – (ଦେଖୁବାଉଚିତ)ଇସ୍ପାତନଗରୀ ଅବଶ୍ୟ ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟବ୍ୟ।
• ଅବଶ୍ୟମ୍ – (ନିଶ୍ଚୟ) ତୁମ୍ ଅବଶ୍ୟମ୍ ଆଗଛ ।
• ନିବସନ୍ତି – (ରୁହନ୍ତି) ଅତ୍ର ଜନଃ ନିବସନ୍ତି।

• ଚ – (ଏବଂ) ତ୍ୱମେବ ମାତା ଚ ପିତା ତ୍ଵମ୍ ଏବ।
• ଅଭବତ୍ – (ହୋଇଥିଲେ) ଡଃ ପ୍ରଧାନମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଅଭବତ୍।
• ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍ – (ପାଇଲେ) ଡଃ ପୁରସ୍କାରଂ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍ ।
• ଅନନ୍ତରମ୍ – (ପରେ) ଅନନ୍ତରମ୍ ଆଗଚ୍ଛତୁ।
• ପ୍ରଥମତଃ – (ପ୍ରଥମେ) ପ୍ରଥମତଃ ସ୍ଵଂ ତତ୍ର ଗଛ।
• ତସ୍ୟ – (ତାଙ୍କ) ତଥ୍ୟ ନାମ କିମ୍ ?
• ବାଲ୍ୟାତ୍ – (ପିଲାଦିନୁ) ବାଲ୍ୟାତ୍ ଅହଂ ଦୁଃଖୀ ।
• ପ୍ରଚାରାୟ – (ପ୍ରଚାରପାଇଁ) ସ୍ତ ଧର୍ମସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଚାରାୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୋତି।
• ଅପି – (ମଧ୍ୟ) ମାତା ଅପି ଅହସତ୍ ।
• ଅତୀବ – (ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ) ଅହମ୍ ଅତୀବ ଦୁଃଖୀ ।
• କୃତବାନ୍ – (କରିଥିଲେ) ଡଃ ଦେଶସେବାଂ କୃତବାନ୍
• ଗତଃ – (ଗଲେ) ରାମଃ ବରଂ ଗତଃ ।
• ସମୀପେ – (ପାଖରେ) ଗ୍ରାମସ୍ୟ ସମୀପେ ବନମ୍ ଅଛି ।
• ପ୍ରତିବର୍ଷ – (ପ୍ରତିବର୍ଷ) ପ୍ରତିବର୍ଷମତ୍ର ମେଳା ଭବତି ।
• ନାମ୍ନା – (ନାମରେ) ଅହଂ ନାମ୍ନା ଶୁଭାଶିଷ ।
• ମହାନ୍ – (ବଡ଼) ମହାନ୍ ବଟବୃକ୍ଷ ଅନ୍ତି।
• ସାନନ୍ଦ – (ଆନନ୍ଦରେ) ଡଃ ସାନନ୍ଦ ନିବସତି ।
• ନୟତି – (ନିଏ) ଶାବକ ଜନ୍ମ ନୟତି ।
• ତସ୍ମି – (ତାକୁ) ତସ୍ମି ଭୋଜନଂ ଦଦାତି ।
• କୀଦୃଶ – (କିପରି) ଈଶ୍ଵରସ୍ୟ ପକ୍ଷପାତଃ କୀଦୃଶଃ ?
• ନାସ୍ତି – (ନାହିଁ) ମମ ସ୍ଵତଃ ନାସ୍ତି ।
• ତହିଁ – (ତେବେ) ତହିଁ ତୁମ୍ ଆଗଛ।
• କର୍ତ୍ତୃ – (କରିବାକୁ) ବରଂ ଗର୍ବଂ କର୍ଡିଂ ପାରୟାମଃ ।
• ପ୍ରତିଦିନମ୍ – (ପ୍ରତିଦିନ) ପ୍ରତିଦିନଂ ବ୍ୟାୟାମଂ କୁରୁ।
• ତତ୍ର – (ସେଠାକୁ) ଶୁନଃ ତତ୍ର ଆଗଛତି।
• ତଦା – (ସେତେବେଳେ) ତଦା ତସ୍ୟା ଈର୍ଷା ଆଗଛତି ।
• ତତ୍ – (ତାହା) ତତ୍ ମୟି ନାସ୍ତି ।
• କୃତେ – (ପାଇଁ) ଈଶ୍ଵରସ୍ୟ କୃତେ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦମ୍ ଅର୍ପୟତି ।
• ଏବଂ – (ହି) ମନଃ ଅବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତମ୍ ଏବ।
• ସମମ୍ – ( ସହିତ) ପରିବାରେଣ ସମଂ ତିଷ୍ଠତି।
• ନିତ୍ୟ – (ପ୍ରତିଦିନ) ନିତ୍ୟ ପାଠ୍ୟ ପଠ।
• ବରଂ – (ଭଲ) ବରମ୍ ଏକ ଗୁଣୀପୁନଃ ।
• ଦଶତି – (ଦର୍ଶନ କରେ) ସର୍ପ ଦଶତି କାଳେନ ।
• ଶଃ – (ଆସନ୍ତାକାଲି) ଶଃ ତୁମ୍ ଆଗଛ।
• ହ୍ୟୁ – (ଗତକାଲି) ହ୍ୟୁ ପିତା ଆଗଛତ୍।
• କୃତମ୍ – (କରିଛ) କୃତଂ ନ ବା ?
• ନୈବ – (କେବେନୁହେଁ) ନୈବ ତୁଲ୍ୟ କଦାଚନ।

• ଯାତି – (ଯାଏ) ଛାତ୍ର ପାଠଶାଳା ଯାତି ।
• ପ୍ରାସ୍ମୋତି – (ପାଏ) କେବଳଂ ଯଶଃ ପ୍ରାପ୍ଳୁତି ।
• ପଞ୍ଚ – (ପାଞ୍ଚ) ପଞ୍ଚ ଫଳାନି ସନ୍ତି ।
• ସମାର୍ଚ୍ଚରେଡ୍ – (କରଣୀୟ) ପରେରାଂ ନ ସମାଚରେତ୍।
• ମୁଞ୍ଚତି – (ଛାଡେ) ମଳିନବଂ ନ ମୁଞ୍ଚତି ।
• ତି– (ହିଁ) ନଂ ହି ଦୁର୍ଗା ।
• ଆତ୍ମନଃ – (ନିଜର) ଆତ୍ମନଃ ବୁଦ୍ଧି ନାସ୍ତି ।
• ଆଦରେ – (ଗ୍ରହଣ କରେ) ହଂସ କ୍ଷୀରମ୍ ଆଦରେ
• କଷ୍ଟନ – (କୌଣସି) କଣ୍ଟନ ଜନଃ ଆୟାତି ।
• ଆସୀତ୍ – (ଥ୍ଲା) ଡଃ ରାଜା ଆସୀତ୍।
• ଅଭବତ୍ – (ହେଉଥୁଲା) ଡଃ ମୁକ୍ତା ନ ଅଭିବତ୍।
• କେଚନ – (କେତେକ) କେଚନ କାମଃ ଅପଶ୍ୟନ୍।
• କ୍ରମେଣ – (କ୍ରମେ) ଛାତ୍ରା କ୍ରମେଣ ଗଛନ୍ତି ।
• ଅଧ୍ବକଂ – (ବେଶି) ଡଃ ଅଧିକାଂ ଦୁଃଖମ୍ ଅଦଦାତ୍।
• କୃପୟା – (ଦୟାକରି) କୃପୟା ବଦତୁ।
• ଅକରୋତ୍ – (କଲା) କୋକିଳସ୍ୟ ଉପରି ଆକ୍ରମଣମ ଅକରୋତ୍ ।
• ନୂନମ୍‌ – (ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ) ଅହଂ ନୂନଂ ପ୍ରାପ୍‌ସ୍ୟାମି ।
• ଭବାନ୍ – (ଆପଣ) ଭବାନ୍ ନିଷ୍କରୁନଃ ଭବତି।
• କିମର୍ଥମ୍ – (କାହିଁକି) ଭବାନ୍ କିମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ନ ରକ୍ଷତି ?
• ଦୂରମ୍ – (ଦୂର) ଦୂରଂ ଗଛତୁ ଭବାନ୍।
• ଶୀଘ୍ରମ୍ – (ଶୀଘ୍ର) ଶୀଘ୍ରମ୍ ଅତ୍ର ଆଗଛ।
• ଶ୍ରୁତମ୍ – (ଶୁଣାଗଲା) ଘୋରଗର୍ଜନଂ ଶ୍ରୁତମ୍।
• ଅନେକେ – (ଅନେକ) ଅନେକେ ସୈନ୍ୟା ଆହତା
• ଦେହି – (ଦିଅ) ଜଳଂ ଦେହି ।
• ଅତୀବ – (ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ) ବ୍ୟବସାୟୀ ଅତୀବ ଦୁଃଖ୍ୟତଃ ।
• ଗତବାନ୍ – (ଗଲେ) ରାମଃ ବରଂ ଗତବାନ୍।
• ରକ୍ଷ – (ରକ୍ଷାକର) ରକ୍ଷ ରକ୍ଷ ମାତରମ୍ ।
• କୁରୁତ – (କର) ଜନସେବାଂ କୁରୁତ।
• ଋତଃ – (ଗଲେ) ପିତା କଟକଂ ଗତଃ ।
• ସତତମ୍ – (ସର୍ବଦା) ମନସା ସତତଂ ସ୍ମରଣୀୟମ୍ ।
• ସର୍ବେ – ( ସମସ୍ତେ) ସର୍ବେ ତତ୍ତ୍ବ ଗଛନ୍ତି ।

• ବହନଃ – (ବହୁତ) ବହବ ଛାତ୍ରା ପଠନ୍ତି ।
• ଅସ୍ତି – (ଅଛି) ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ଚିକ୍କଶଃ ଅସ୍ଥି ।“
• ଅଧଃ – (ତଳେ) ସ ନୂନମ୍ ଅଧଃ ପତେତ୍ ।
• ତଥାପି – (ତଥାପି) ତଥାପି ଡଃ ନ ପଠତି।
• ଶୁକ୍ଳା – (ଶୁଣି) ଅନ୍ୟତାଂ ବଚନଂ ଶ୍ରୁତ୍ବା ଅଧଃ ପତିତବହିଃ ।
• ପୁତ୍ର – (ହେ ପୁତ୍ର) ପୁତ୍ର ! ପାଠ୍ୟ ପଠ।
• ଭବେ – (ହେବାଉଚିତ) ରଂ ନୂନଂ ସଫଳଂ ଭବେ ।
• ଅତଃ – (ଏଣୁ) ଅତଃ ଡଃ ନ ପଠତି।
• ଅନ୍ୟ – (ଅନ୍ୟମାନେ) ଅନ୍ୟ ନ ଆଗଛନ୍ତି ।
• ଇତି – (ଶେଷ) ଇତି ବାହାଁ ।
• ମାତଃ – (ହେ ମା’) ମାତଃ ! ବଂ କ୍ରନ୍ଦସି ?
• କୀ ଦୃଶମ୍ – (କିପରି) କୀଦୃଶଂ ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟମ୍‌ ?
• କଥମ୍ – (କାହିଁକି) କଣଂ କ୍ରନ୍ଦତି ପୁନଃ ?
• ଜ୍ଞାତବତୀ – (ଜାଣିଲେ) ମାତା ସର୍ବଂ ଜ୍ଞାତବତୀ ।
• ଏଵମ୍ – (ଏହିପରି) ସମାଜେ ଏବଂ ଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ |
• ମଙ୍ଗଳମ୍ – (ମଙ୍ଗଳ) ମାତୃଭୂମେ ମଙ୍ଗଳଂ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି |
• ଗରୀୟସୀ – (ବଡ଼) ଜନନୀ ଜନ୍ମଭୂମି ଚ ସ୍ବର୍ଗାଦପି ଗରୀୟସୀ ।
• ଭବିଷ୍ୟସି – (ହେବ) ତୁମ୍ ଅମାତ୍ୟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟସି ।
• ହସ୍ତେନ – (ହାତରେ) ଶିଶୁ ହସ୍ତେନ ଖାଦତି ।
• ପଶ୍ୟ – (ଦେଖ) ବଂ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ପଶ୍ୟ।
• ବିମଳା – (ନିର୍ମଳ) ଗଙ୍ଗା ବିମଳା ଅଣ୍ଡି।

• ପବିତ୍ରମ୍ – (ପବିତ୍ର) ସଂସ୍କୃତଂ ସଦା ପବିତ୍ରମ୍ ।
• ମଧୁରମ୍ – (ମିଠା) ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ରଗାନଂ ମଧୁରମ୍ ଅସ୍ତି ।
• ମତମ୍ – (ମତ) ଅତ୍ର ସମସ୍ତଂ ମତଂ ସମାନମ୍ ।
• କାପି – (କିଛିହେଲେ) କାପି ବାଧା ନାସ୍ତି ।